Skip to main content

Full text of "Edward III & his wars, 1327-1360"

See other formats


,ISH 


•HISTORY 

'      FROM 

B^VIPORARY  WRITERS 


rd  III 

and  his  Wars 

1327-1360 


DA 


1887 
SMC 


KBITE. 


W.J.ASHLEY 


M.  A. 


ENGLISH    HISTORY 
BY   CONTEMPORARY  WRITERS 


iif 


ENGLISH     HISTORY    BY    CONTEMPORARY 
WRITERS. 

THE  series,  of  which  the  present  volume  is  one,  aims  at  setting 
forth  the  facts  of  our  National  History,  political  and  social,  in  a 
way  not  yet  systematically  tried  in  this  country,  but  somewhat 
like  that  which  Messrs.  Hachette  have  successfully  wrought  out 
in  France  under  the  editorship  of  MM.  Zeller,  Darsy,  Luchaire, 
etc.  It  is  planned  not  only  for  educational  use  but  for  the 
general  reader,  and'  especially  for  all  those  to  whom  the  original 
contemporary  authorities  are  for  various  reasons  difficult  of  access. 

To  each  well-defined  period  of  our  history  is  given  a  little 
volume  made  up  of  extracts  from  the  chronicles,  state  papers, 
memoirs,  and  letters  of  the  time,  as  also  from  other  contempo- 
rary literature,  the  whole  chronologically  arranged  and  chosen 
so  as  to  give  a  living  picture  of  the  effect  produced  upon  each 
generation  by  the  political,  religious,  social,  and  intellectual 
movements  in  which  it  took  part. 

Extracts  from  foreign  tongues  are  Englished,  and  passages 
from  old  English  authors  put  into  modern  spelling,  but  otherwise 
as  far  as  may  be  kept  in  original  form.  When  needed  a  glossary 
is  added  and  brief  explanatory  notes.  To  each  volume  is  also 
appended  a  short  account  of  the  writers  quoted  and  of  their 
relations  to  the  events  they  describe,  as  well  as  such  tables  and 
summaries  as  may  facilitate  reference.  Such  illustrations  as  are 
given  are  chosen  in  the  same  spirit  as  the  text,  and  represent 
monuments,  documents,  sites,  portraits,  coins,  etc. 

The  chief  aim  of  the  series  is  to  send  the  reader  to  the  best 
original  authorities,  and  so  to  bring  him  as  close  as  may  be  to 
the  mind  and  feelings  of  the  times  he  is  reading  about. 

No  definite  chronological  system  of  issue  is  adopted,  but  it  is 
hoped  that  the  entire  period  of  Mediaeval  and  Renaissance  his- 
tory may  be  covered  in  the  space  of  two  or  three  years. 

F.  YORK  POWELL, 

Editor  of  the  Series. 
Ch.  Ch.,  Oxford,  1887. 


ENGLISH     HISTORY    BY    CONTEMPORARY 
WRITERS 


ttf  &  Jjte 

1327—1360 


Extracts  from  the 
Bel,    Knighton, 

of  Avesbury, 
the  State 


(    v  C  t/ 

if  Froissart,  Jehan  le 
urimuth,    Robert 

Lanercost, 
temporary 

\ 


LONDON 
DAVID      NUTT 

1887 


liliDFOKD  : 

'ARTHUR  RANSOM,  PRINTER,  HIGH  STREET. 


PREFACE. 


THE  age  of  Edward  III.  is  the  age  of  chivalry. 
This  is  alike  its  praise  and  its  condemnation. 
Those  who  care  for  history  because  of  the  bright 
pictures  it  brings  before  them,  the  moving 
incident,  the  gallant  feat,  will  delight  in  the 
pages  of  Froissart  and  ask  no  more :  while  to 
others  the  warriors  of  the  iz|.th  century  will 
seem  too  often  mean  or  selfish ;  they  will  ask 
rather  what  was  the  life  of  the  people  or  the 
development  of  the  constitution.  The  extracts 
here  collected  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  interesting 
to  both  classes.  Battles  and  campaigns  take 
up,  it  is  true,  the  larger  part  of  the  book,  but 
this  is  fitting  ;  for  it  tells  the  story  of  the  great 
struggle  with  the  kings  of  France  which  had 
such  far-reaching  consequences  to  the  two 
countries.  But  the  constitutional  and  social 
results  of  the  period  have  also  been  as  far  as 


PREFACE. 

possible  illustrated.  Narratives  of  Crecy  and 
Poitiers,  of  Halidon  Hill  and  Neville's  Cross 
will  be  found  here  ;  but  so  will  also  the  statutes 
for  the  protection  of  the  English  church  and 
concerning  taxation  and  treason,  some  account 
of  the  Black  Death  and  its  consequences,  some 
glimpses  into  the  history  of  industry  and  the 
life  of  the  universities. 

In  the  appendix  are  given  a  description  of 
the  authors  herein  used  and  various  genea- 
logical tables  ;  it  may  be  well  to  mention  also 
that  the  headings  to  the  extracts  are  in  almost 
every  case  taken  from  the  original  authorities. 
It  remains  only  for  the  editor  to  express  his 
gratitude  to  Miss  Lucy  Hill  for  much  careful 
assistance  and  many  a  happy  suggestion. 

Lincoln  College,  February,  1887. 


EDWARD  III  &  HIS  WARS 

1327. -The  accession  of  Edward  III. 

Murimuth,  51-53. 

(Queen  Isabella  and  the  young  prince  Edward,  who  had  been 
in  France  negotiating  about  Guienne,  returned  to  England  in 
September,  1326,  accompanied  by  Mortimer  and  a  force  of 
Hainaulters,  their  declared  purpose  being  to  put  an  end  to  the 
misrule  of  the  Despensers.  They  met  with  no  opposition  ;  the 
Despensers  were  hanged  ;  and  Edward  II.  was  imprisoned  at 
Kenil  worth.) 

The  queen  (Isabella)  .  .  .  immediately  after 
Epiphany,  caused  a  parliament  to  be  held,  in  which 
it  was  ordained,  on  behalf  of  the  whole  realm, 
that  three  bishops,  two  earls,  two  abbots,  and  four 
barons,  from  each  county  of  England  two  knights, 
also  from  London  and  the  other  cities  and  great 
towns,  and  especially  from  the  Cinque  Ports,  a 
certain  number  of  persons,  should  be  sent  to  the 
king  (Edward  II.)  at  Kenilworth,  and  should  tell 
him  and  diligently  require  him  to  resign  the  royal 
dignity  and  crown,  and  permit  his  eldest  son  to 
reign  in  his  stead  ;  otherwise  they  would  return  him 
their  homages  and  elect  another  as  their  king. 
When  he  heard  this,  the  king  replied,  with  weeping 
and  lamentation,  that  it  grieved  him  much  that  he 
had  deserved  so  ill  of  his  people ;  but,  since  it 
could  not  be  otherwise,  said  he,  he  was  glad  that 
his  son  had  been  thus  received  by  the  whole  people, 
and  that  he  should  succeed  him  and  reign  in  his 
stead.  Then  the  delegates,  returning  to  the  par- 


CORONATION. 


liament  at  London,  reported  the  king's  answers 
fully,  more  fully  indeed  than  they  had  been  given ; 
and  when  they  had  heard  them  the  whole  community 
of  the  realm  at  once  admitted  the  young  Edward 
as  king,  and  on  the  first  day  of  February  caused 
him  to  be  crowned  at  Westminster  by  archbishop 
Walter.  .  .  Moreover,  such  and  so  great  a  dowry 
was  assigned  to  the  queen  that  scarcely  a  third 
part  of  the  realm  remained  to  the  king,  her  son. 


SEAL  OF  EDWARD  III. 

1327.— Charter  granting  the  township  of  Southwark 
to  the  citizens  of  London. 

Inserted  in   the   London   Liber   Custumarum    (in  Munimenta 
Gildhallce  Londoniensis,  ii.  435.     Rolls  Series). 
(This  important  grant  to  the  citizens  of  London  was  probably 
given  as  a  reward  for  their  support  in  the  recent  revolution.) 

Edward,  by  the  grace  of  God,  king  of  England, 
lord  of  Ireland,  and  duke  of  Aquitaine,  to  all  to 
whom  the  present  letters  may  come,  greeting. 


GRANT  TO  LONDON.  7 

Know  that  whereas  our  beloved  citizens  of  our  city 
of  London,  by  their  petition  shewn  to  us  and  our 
council  in  our  present  parliament  at  Westminster 
assembled,  have  given  us  to  understand  that  felons, 
robbers,  and  divers  other  malefactors  and  disturbers 
of  the  peace,  who  have  committed  in  that  city  and 
elsewhere  murders,  robberies,  and  divers  other 
felonies,  secretly  leave  that  city  after  committing 
such  felonies  and  take  refuge  in  the  township  of 
South wark,  where  they  cannot  be  arrested  by  the 
officers  of  the  said  city,  and  are  there  publicly 
received ;  and  so,  from  want  of  due  punishment, 
they  are  made  the  more  bold  in  committing  like 
felonies ;  and  have  besought  us,  for  the  preservation 
of  our  peace  in  the  said  city,  and  bridling  the  malice 
of  these  criminals,  to  grant  them  the  said  township, 
to  have  to  themselves,  their  heirs  and  successors 
for  ever,  in  return  for  a  ferm  (annual  payment)  due 
therefor  to  be  annually  paid  to  us  at  our  Exchequer 
— We,  having  consideration  to  the  foregoing,  by  the 
consent  of  the  prelates,  earls,  barons,  and  commons 
of  our  realm  in  the  present  parliament,  grant  for 
us  and  our  heirs,  to  the  same  citizens,  the  said 
township  of  Southwark,  with  what  thereto  pertains,  to 
have  and  to  hold  to  them,  their  heirs  and  successors, 
the  citizens  of  the  said  city,  of  us  and  our  heirs  for 
ever,  paying  to  us  annually  at  the  Exchequer  of  us 
and  our  heirs,  at  the  accustomed  terms,  the  ferm 
thereof  due  and  accustomed.  In  witness  of  which 
we  have  caused  these,  our  Letters  Patent,  to  be 
drawn  up.  Witness  myself  at  Westminster,  the  sixth 
day  of  March,  the  first  year  of  our  reign, 


8  INROAD  OF  SCOTS. 

1327. — Here  the   history  speaketh  of  the   manner 
of  the  Scots  and  how  they  can  war. 

Froissart,  ch.  17  (i.  §  28).  Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  10. 
(Robert  Bruce  took  advantage  of  the  troubles  in  England 
upon  the  deposition  of  Edward  II.  to  break  the  truce  and  send 
an  army  to  ravage  the  northern  counties.  Jehan  le  Bel 
accompanied  the  English  force  against  them,  and  thus  describes 
the  Scotch  troops.) 

These  Scottish  men  are  right  hardy  and  sore 
travailing  in  harness  and  in  wars.  For  when  they 
will  enter  into  England,  within  a  day  and  a  night 
they  will  drive  their  whole  host  twenty-four  miles. 
For  they  are  all  a-horse-back,  without  it  be  the 
camp-followers  who  come  on  foot.  The  knights 
and  squires  are  well  horsed,  and  the  common  people 
and  others  on  little  hackneys  and  geldings ;  and 
they  carry  with  them  no  carts  nor  chariots,  for  the 
diversities  of  the  mountains  that  they  must  pass 
through  in  the  county  of  Northumberland.  They 
take  with  them  no  purveyance  of  bread  or  wine  ; 
for  their  usage  and  soberness  is  such,  in  the  time 
of  war,  that  they  will  pass  in  the  journey  a  great 
long  time  with  flesh  half  sodden,  without  bread, 
and  drink  of  the  river  water  without  wine  ;  and  they 
neither  care  for  pots  nor  pans,  for  they  seethe  beasts 
in  their  own  skins.  They  are  ever  sure  to  find 
plenty  of  beasts  in  the  country  that  they  will  pass 
through.  Therefore  they  carry  with  them  none  other 
purveyance,  but  on  their  horse  between  the  saddle 
and  the  panel  they  truss  a  broad  plate  of  metal, 
and  behind  the  saddle  they  will  have  a  little  sack 
full  of  oatmeal  to  the  intent  that,  when  they  have 


THEIR   WAYS  OF  WARFARE.  9 

eaten  of  the  sodden  flesh,  then  they  lay  this  plate 
on  the  fire  and  mix  a  little  oatmeal,  and  when  the 
plate  is  hot  they  cast  of  the  thin  paste  thereon, 
and  so  make  a  little  cake  in  manner  of  a  cracknel 
or  biscuit,  and  that  they  eat  to  comfort  withal  their 
stomachs.  Wherefore  it  is  no  great  marvel  though 
they  make  greater  journeys  than  other  people  do. 
And  in  this  manner  were  the  Scots  entered  into  the 
said  country,  and  wasted  and  burnt  all  about  as  they 
went,  and  took  a  great  number  of  the  beasts.  They 
were  to  the  number  of  four  thousand  men  of  arms, 
knights  and  squires,  mounted  on  good  horses,  and 
other  ten  thousand  men  of  war  were  armed  after 
their  manner,  right  hardy  and  fierce,  mounted  on 
little  hackneys,  the  which  were  never  tied  nor  kept 
at  hard  meat,  but  let  go  to  pasture  in  the  fields 
and  bushes. 

1327.— How    the    English    sought    the    Scots    and 
knew  not  where  they  were. 

Froissart,  ch.  18  (i.  §§  30,  31,  32).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  11,  12. 

(The  English,  being  unable  to  find  the  Scots,  tried  to  cut 
off  their  retreat.) 

.  .  .  It  was  determined  by  great  advice  and 
counsel  that  all  the  host  should  remove  at  midnight, 
and  make  haste  in  the  morning,  to  the  intent  to  stop 
the  passage  of  the  river  of  Tyne  from  the  Scots, 
whereby  they  should  be  advised  by  force,  either  to 
fight  with  them,  or  else  to  abide  still  in  England 
to  their  great  danger  and  loss.  And  to  this  con- 
clusion all  the  host  was  accorded,  and  so  supped 


. 


io          EDWARD  MARCHES  AGAINST  THEM. 

and  lodged  as  well  as  they  might  that  night,  and 
every  man  was  warned  to  be  ready  at  the  first 
sounding  of  the  trumpet,  and  at  the  second  blast 
every  man  to  arm  himself  without  delay,  and  at 
the  third  every  man  quickly  to  mount  on  his 
horse  and  to  draw  under  his  own  standard  and 
banner,  and  every  man  to  take  with  him  but  one  loaf 
of  bread,  and  to  truss  it  behind  him  on  his  horse. 
It  was  also  determined  that  they  should  leave  behind 
them  all  their  loose  harness  and  all  manner  of 
carriages  and  provisions  ;  for  they  thought  surely  to 
fight  with  the  Scots  the  next  day,  whatsoever  danger 
they  were  in,  thinking  to  jeopard  either  to  win  or  to 
lose  all.  And  thus  it  was  ordained  and  so  it  was 
accomplished,  for  about  midnight  every  man  was 
ready  apparelled.  Few  had  slept  but  little,  and  yet 
they  had  sore  travailed  the  day  before.  Great  haste  as 
they  made,  ere  they  were  arranged  in  battle-array  the 
day  began  to  appear.  Then  they  advanced  forward 
in  all  haste,  through  mountains,  valleys,  and  rocks, 
and  through  many  evil  passages  without  any  plain 
country.  And  on  the  highest  of  these  hills  and  on 
the  plain  of  these  valleys  there  were  marvellous  great 
marshes  and  dangerous  passages,  that  it  was  great 
marvel  that  much  people  had  not  been  lost  ;  for  they 
rode  ever  still  forward  and  never  tarried  one  for 
another  ;  for  whosoever  fell  in  any  of  these  marshes 
with  much  pain  could  they  get  any  aid  to  help  them 
out  again.  So  that  in  diverse  places  there  were 
many  lost  and  especially  horses  and  carriages.  And 
often  times  in  the  day  there  was  cried  alarm,  for  it 


ON  THE  TYNE.  1 1 

was  said  ever  that  the  foremost  company  of  their 
host  were  fighting  with  their  enemies ;  so  that  the 
hindermost  thought  it  had  been  true,  wherefore  they 
hasted  them  over  rocks  and  stones  and  mountains 
with  helm  and  shield  ready  apparelled  to  fight,  with 
spear  and  sword  ready  in  hand  without  tarrying  for 
father,  brother,  or  companion.  And  when  they  had 
thus  run  forth  often  times  in  the  day  the  space  of 
half-a-mile  together  toward  the  crying,  thinking  it 
had  been  their  enemies,  they  were  deceived,  for  the 
cry  ever  arose  by  the  raising  of  harts,  hinds,  and 
other  savage  beasts  that  were  seen  by  them  in  the 
forward  ;  after  the  which  beasts  they  made  such 
shouting  and  crying,  that  they  that  came  after 
thought  they  had  been  fighting  with  their  enemies. 
Thus  rode  forth  all  that  day  the  young  king  of 
England  by  mountains  and  deserts  without  finding 
any  highway,  town,  or  village.  And  when  it  was 
again  night  they  came  to  the  river  Tyne.  .  . 

(They  crossed  the  river,  and  waited  in  the  rain  and  with  little 
food  till  the  middle  of  next  day  ;  but  the  Scots  did  not  appear.) 
About  noon  some  poor  folks  of  the  country  were 
found,  and  they  said  how  they  were  then  fourteen 
miles  from  Newcastle-upon-Tyne  and  eleven  miles 

from  Carlisle And  when  this  was  shewn 

to  the  king  and  to  the  lords  of  his  council, 
immediately  were  sent  thither  horses  and  sumpters 
to  fetch  thence  some  purveyance ;  and  there  was 
a  cry  in  the  king's  name  made  in  the  town  of 
Newcastle  that  whosoever  would  bring  bread  or 
wine  or  any  other  victual,  should  be  paid  therefor 


12  THE  ENEMY  DOES  NOT  APPEAR. 


immediately  at  a  good  price,  and  they  should  be 
conducted  to  the  host  in  safeguard ;  for  it  was 
published  openly  that  the  king  and  his  host  would 
not  depart  from  the  place  they  were  in  till  they 
had  some  tidings  where  their  enemies  were.  And 
the  next  day  by  noon  such  as  had  been  sent  for 
victual  returned  again  to  the  host,  with  such  pur- 
veyance as  they  could  get,  and  that  was  not  over 
much ;  and  with  them  came  other  folks  of  the 
country  with  little  nags  charged  with  bread,  evil 
baked  in  panniers,  and  small  pear  wine  in  barrels, 
and  other  victual,  to  sell  in  the  host,  whereby  great 
part  of  the  host  were  well  refreshed  and  eased.  And 
thus  they  continued,  day  by  day,  the  space  of  eight 
days,  awaiting  every  day  the  returning  again  of  the 
Scots,  who  knew  no  more  where  the  English  host 
lay  than  they  knew  where  the  Scots  were ;  so  each 

of  them  were  ignorant  of  the  other 

Thus  three  days  and  three  nights  they  were  in 
manner  without  bread,  wine,  candle,  or  light,  fodder 
or  forage,  or  any  manner  of  provision  either  for  horse 
or  man.  And  after  the  space  of  four  days  a  loaf 
of  bread  was  sold  for  six  pennies  the  which  was 
worth  but  one  penny,  and  a  gallon  of  wine  for  six 
groats  that  was  worth  but  six  pennies.  And  yet  for 
all  that,  there  was  such  rage  of  famine  that  each  took 
victuals  out  of  others'  hands,  whereby  there  arose 
divers  battles  and  strifes  between  sundry  companions; 
and  yet  beside  all  these  mischiefs  it  never  ceased  to 
rain  all  the  whole  week,  whereby  their  saddles, 
panels,  and  saddlestraps  were  all  rotten  and  broken 


NEWS  OF  THE  SCOTS.  13 

and  most  part  of  their  horses  hurt  on  their  backs ; 
nor  they  had  not  wherewith  to  shoe  them  that  were 
unshod  ;  nor  they  had  nothing  to  cover  themselves 
withal  from  the  rain  and  cold,  but  green  bushes  and 
their  armour.  Nor  they  had  nothing  to  make  fire 
withal  but  green  boughs,  the  which  would  not  burn 
because  of  the  rain 

(The  Scots  not  appearing,  the  English  recrossed  the  river  and 
tried  to  find  them.) 

.  .  .  Again,  the  fourth  day  they  rode  forth  in 
like  manner  till  it  was  about  the  hour  of  three, 
and  there  came  a  squire  fast  riding  toward  the  king 
and  said,  "  An  it  like  your  grace,  I  have  brought 
you  perfect  tidings  of  the  Scots,  your  enemies  ; 
surely  they  be  within  three  miles  of  you,  lodged 
on  a  great  mountain,  abiding  there  for  you.  .  . 
Sir,  this  that  I  show  you  is  of  truth,  for  I  approached 
so  near  to  them  that  I  was  taken  prisoner,  and 
brought  before  the  lords  of  their  host,  and  there 
I  shewed  them  tidings  of  you,  and  how  that  ye  seek 
for  them,  to  the  intent  to  have  battle,  and  the  lords 
did  quit  me  my  ransom  and  prison,  when  I  had 
shewed  them  how  our  grace  had  promised  a  hundred 
pounds  sterling  of  rent  to  him  that  brought  first 
tiding  of  them  to  you  ;  and  they  made  me  to  promise 
that  I  should  not  rest  until  I  had  shewed  you  these 
tidings,  for  they  said  they  had  as  great  desire  to 
fight  with  you  as  you  had  with  them."  .... 

(The  English  followed  this  squire  and  found  the  Scots  strongly 
posted  on  a  hill  with  a  river  running  in  front,  and  refusing  to 
leave  their  strong  position.) 


14  THE  SCOTS  WILL  NOT  FIGHT. 


.  .  .  And  there  were  heralds  of  arms  sent  to 
the  Scots,  giving  them  knowledge  that  if  they  would 
come  and  pass  the  river  to  fight  with  them  in  the 
plain  field,  they  would  draw  back  from  the  river 
and  give  them  sufficient  place  to  arrange  their  lines 
of  battle,  either  the  same  day  or  else  the  next,  as 
they  should  choose  themselves,  or  else  to  let  them 
do  likewise  and  they  would  come  over  to  them. 
And  when  the  Scots  heard  this  they  took  counsel 
among  themselves ;  and  anon  they  answered  the 
heralds  how  they  would  do  neither  the  one  nor  the 
other,  and  said,  "  Sirs,  your  king  and  his  lords 
see  well  how  we  be  here  in  this  realm,  and  have 
burnt  and  wasted  the  country  as  we  have  passed 
through ;  and  if  they  be  displeased  therewith,  let 
them  amend  it  when  they  will,  for  here  we  will 

abide   so  long  as  it  shall   please  us." 

And  between  the  day  and  the  night,  they  made  a 
marvellous  great  noise  with  blowing  of  horns  all  at 
once,  that  it  seemed  properly  that  all  the  devils 
of  hell  had  been  there.  Thus  these  two  hosts 
were  lodged  there  that  night,  the  which  was  St. 
Peter's  night,  in  the  beginning  of  August,  the 
year  of  our  Lord,  1327 

(After  facing  one  another  for  five  days,  the  Scots  departed 
in  the  night ;  the  English  again  found  them,  and  the  same 
comedy  was  played.) 

The  first  night  that  the  English  host  was  thus 
lodged  on  the  second  mountain,  the  lord  James 
Douglas  took  with  him  about  two  hundred  men 
of  arms,  and  passed  the  river  far  off  from  the 


THE  SCO  TS  ESC  A  PE.  15 

host  so  that  he  was  not  perceived  ;  and  suddenly 
he  brake  into  the  English  host  about  midnight, 
crying,  ''Douglas!  Douglas!  Ye  shall  all  die,  thieves 
of  England " ;  and  he  slew  or  seized  300  men, 
some  in  their  beds,  and  some  scant  ready ;  and  he 
strake  his  horse  with  the  spurs,  and  came  to  the 
king's  own  tent,  always  crying  "  Douglas ! "  and 
strake  asunder  two  or  three  cords  of  the  king's 
tent,  and  so  departed,  and  in  the  retreat  he  lost 

some  of  his  men . 

(Again  the  Scots  eluded  them.) 

Then  the  English  lords  said  it  were  but  a  folly 
to  follow  the  Scots,  for  they  saw  well  they  could 

not  overtake  them And  divers  of  the 

English  host  mounted  on  their  horses,  and  passed 
over  the  river  and  came  to  the  mountain  where 
the  Scots  had  been,  and  there  they  found  more 
than  500  great  beasts  ready  slain,  because  the 
Scots  could  not  drive  them  before  their  host, 
and  because  that  the  Englishmen  should  have  but 
small  profit  of  them  ;  also  there  they  found  300 
cauldrons  made  of  beast's  skins  with  the  hair  still 
on  them,  strained  on  stakes  over  the  fire,  full  of 
water  and  full  of  flesh  to  be  sodden  ;  and  more 
than  a  thousand  spits  full  of  flesh  to  be  roasted  ; 
and  more  than  ten  thousand  old  shoes  made  of 
new  leather  with  the  hair  still  on  them,  the  which 
the  Scots  had  left  behind  them  ;  also  there  they 
found  five  poor  Englishmen,  bound  fast  to  certain 
trees  and  some  of  their  legs  broken ;  these  they 
loosed  and  let  go  and  then  they  returned  again. 


1 6  ED  WARD  II.  A  T  BPLRKELE  Y. 


By  that  time  all  the  host  was  dislodged ;  and  it 
was  ordained  by  the  king,  and  by  the  advice 
of  his  council,  that  the  whole  host  should  follow 
the  marshal's  banners  and  draw  homeward  into 
England. 

1327.— The  murder  of  Edward  II. 

Murimuthy  53-55 

Because  it  seemed  to  some  that  lord  Edward, 
father  of  the  king,  wras  too  delicately  treated  at 
Kenilworth,  it  was  ordered  that  lord  Thomas  of 
Berkeley  and  lord  John  of  Mautravers  should  have 
the  custody  of  him ;  wherefore,  about  Palm  Sunday, 
he  was  secretly  taken  to  Berkeley.  And,  because 
they  feared  that  some  would  come  to  free  him,  he 
was  taken  from  that  place  by  night  to  divers  places, 
viz.,  to  Corf  and  to  some  other  secret  places,  but 
finally  they  brought  him  back  to  Berkeley,  so  that 
he  could  scarce  know  where  he  was  ;  and  the  lord 
of  Berkeley,  who  behaved  humanely  towards  him, 
had  always  charge  of  him  for  one  month,  and  the 
next  month  lord  John  Mautravers,  who  behaved 
towards  him  differently.  The  queen,  indeed,  sent 
him  delicate  raiment  and  courteous  letters,  but  would 
not  see  him,  pretending  that  the  community  of  the 
realm  would  not  permit  her.  He  had  an  allow- 
ance, viz.,  a  hundred  marks  a  month ;  and  so  at 
Berkeley  and  elsewhere,  not  where  he  pleased  but 
where  this  John  Mautravers  pleased,  he  lived  as 
best  he  could  until  the  time  to  be  mentioned  below. 
.  .  .  Afterwards,  on  the  zist  of  September,  in  the 


HIS  MURDER.  17 

year  of  Our  Lord,  1327,  Edward,  king  of  England,  died 
in  the  castle  of  Berkeley,  wherein,  as  I  have  before 
said,  he  was  imprisoned  or  unwillingly  detained. 
And,  although  many  abbots,  priors,  knights,  bur- 
gesses of  Bristol  and  Gloucester,  had  been  summoned 
to  see  that  his  body  was  unhurt,  and  had  superficially 
seen  it,  yet  it  was  commonly  said  that  he  had  been 
killed  as  a  precaution  by  the  order  of  the  lords 
John  Mautravers  and  Thomas  of  Gorneye,  because 
these  two  and  some  others  fled ;  but  Thomas  of 
Gorneye  was  three  years  afterwards  recognised  and 
captured  at  Marseilles  by  the  procurement  of  a 
certain  lady  of  England,  and  was  sent  to  England 
to  suffer  the  penalty  of  his  misdeeds,  but  he  was 
beheaded  upon  the  sea  upon  some  pretext ;  lest 
perchance  he  should  accuse  magnates  and  great 
prelates  in  England  of  consent  and  connivance  at 
the  King's  death  ;  but  lord  John  Mautravers  betook 
himself  to  Germany,  and  there  he  abode  and  abides 
still  up  to  the  present  date. 

1328.— Ho.w  king  Edward  was  married  to  my  lady 
Philippa  of  Hainault. 

Frohsart,  ch.  19  (i.  §§  38-9).  Jehan  /<?  Eel,  ch.  14. 
It  was  not  long  after  that  the  king  and  the  queen 
his  mother,  the  earl  of  Kent  his  uncle,  the  earl  of 
Lancaster,  sir  Roger  Mortimer,  and  all  the  barons 
of  England  who  were  of  the  king's  council,  sent  a 
bishop  and  two  knights  bannerets  with  two  notable 
clerks  to  sir  John  of  Hainault,  praying  him  to  be  a 
mean  that  their  lord,  the  young  king  of  England, 


1 8  ED  WARPS  MARRIA  GE. 

might  have  in  marriage  one  of  the  daughters  of  the 
earl  of  Hainault  his  brother,  named  Philippa  ;  for 
the  king  and  all  the  nobles  of  the  realm  had  rather 
have  her  than  any  other  lady  for  the  love  of  him. 
Sir  John  of  Hainault,  lord  Beaumont,  feasted  and 
honoured  greatly  these  ambassadors,  and  brought 
them  to  Valenciennes  to  the  earl  his  brother,  who 
honourably  received  them  and  made  them  such  cheer 
that  it  were  over  long  here  to  rehearse.  And  when 
they  had  shown  the  contents  of  their  message,  the 
earl  said,  "  Sirs,  I  thank  greatly  the  king,  your 
prince,  and  the  queen  his  mother,  and  all  other 
lords  of  England,  since  they  have  sent  such  sufficient 
personages  as  ye  be  to  do  me  such  honour  as  to  treat 
for  the  marriage,  to  the  which  request  I  am  well 
agreed,  if  our  holy  father,  the  pope,  will  consent 
thereto  "  ;  with  the  which  answer  these  ambassadors 
were  right  well  content.  Then  they  sent  two 
knights  and  two  clerks  immediately  to  the  pope 
to  Avignon,  to  obtain  a  dispensation  for  this 
marriage  ;  for  without  the  pope's  license  they 
might  not  marry,  for  in  the  lineage  of  France  they 
were  so  near  of  kin  as  at  the  third  degree,  for 
the  two  mothers  were  cousins  german,  issued  of 
two  brethren.  And  when  these  ambassadors  were 
come  to  the  pope,  and  their  requests  and  considera- 
tions well  heard,  our  holy  father  the  pope,  with  all  the 
whole  college,  consented  to  this  marriage,  and 
so  feasted  them.  And  then  they  departed  and 
came  again  to  Valenciennes  with  their  bulls. 
Then  this  marriage  was  concluded  and  affirmed 


THE  SHAMEFUL  PEACE.  19 

on  both  parties ;  .  .  .  .  there  this  princess  was 
married,  by  a  sufficient  procuration  brought  from 
the  king  of  England ;  and  after  all  feasts  and 
triumphs  done,  then  this  young  queen  entered  into 
the  sea  at  Wysant,  and  arrived  with  all  her  company 
at  Dover.  And  sir  John  of  Hainault,  lord  Beaumont, 
her  uncle,  did  conduct  her  to  the  city  of  London 

where  there  was  made  great  feast The 

English  chronicle  saith  the  marriage  and  coronation 
of  the  queen  was  done  at  York,  with  much  honour, 
the  Sunday  in  the  even  of  the  conversion  of  S.  Paul, 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1327.  (N.S.  1328.). 

1328,  March.— Peace  with  Scotland. 

Chronicle  of  Lanercost,  p.  261. 

Then  the  king  of  England  (hearing  of  the  death 
of  his  uncle  without  heir,  and  deeming  himself  of 
right  the  next  heir  to  reign  in  France,  yet  fearing 
that  those  of  France  would  not  suffer  him,  but  would 
choose  another  of  the  royal  blood  to  be  their  king, 
as  indeed  they  immediately  did,  the  son,  to  wit,  of 
Charles,  the  uncle  of  the  late  king),  by  the  most  evil 
advice  of  his  mother  and  lord  Roger  of  Mortimer, 
who  were  the  chief  leaders  of  the  king  who  was 
scarce  fifteen  years  old,  was  compelled  to  give  up  to 
the  Scots,  by  his  public  charter,  every  exaction, 
right,  and  claim  lately  made  of  chief  lordship  over 
the  realm  of  Scotland,  for  himself  and  his  heirs  for 
ever,  without  their  doing  homage  to  the  kings  of 
England.  He  gave  up  also  to  them  the  piece  of  the 
Cross  of  Christ,  which  the  Scots  call  the  Blackrood, 


20  JOAN  OF  THE  TOWER. 

and  likewise  an  instrument  or  charter  of  subjection 
or  doing  of  homage  to  the  kings  of  England,  with 
the  seals  of  all  the  magnates  of  Scotland  hanging 
jto  it,  which  they  had  given  to  the  king's  grand- 
I father,  and  which  the  Scots  on  account  of  its  many 
[seals  called  Ragman.  But  the  stone  of  Scone, 
whereon  the  kings  of  Scotland  were  wont  to  be 
placed  at  their  coronation,  the  Londoners  would  by 
no  means  send  away.  All  these  the  famous  king 
Edward,  son  of  Henry,  had  caused  to  be  brought 
from  Scotland  when  he  brought  the  Scots  beneath 
his  sway.  Moreover  the  young  king  gave  his 
younger  sister,  lady  Joan  of  the  Tower,  in  marriage 
to  David,  son  of  Robert  Bruce,  king  of  Scotland, 
who  was  then  a  boy  of  five  years  old,  as  his  mother 
the  queen  of  England  had  advised,  who  at  that 
time  ruled  the  whole  kingdom.  And  the  marriage 
was  solemnly  celebrated  at  Berwick,  on  the  Sunday 
next  before  the  feast  of  S.  Mary  Magdalen. 

1328.— How  king  Robert  Bruce  of  Scotland  died. 

Froissart,  ch.  20  (i.  §§  40-41).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  15-16' 

In  the  meantime  it  fortuned  that  king  Robert  of 
Scotland  was  right  sore  aged  and  feeble  ;  for  he  was 
greatly  charged  with  the  great  sickness  (leprosy),  so 
that  there  was  no  way  with  him  but  death.  And 
when  he  felt  that  his  end  drew  near,  he  sent  for 
such  barons  and  lords  of  his  realm  as  he  trusted 
best,  and  shewed  them  how  there  was  no  remedy 
with  him,  but  he  must  needs  leave  this  transitory 
life ;  commanding  them  on  the  faith  and  truth  that 


DEA  TH  OF  R  OBER  T  BR  UCE.  2  I 

they  owed  him,  truly  to  keep  the  realm  and  aid 
the  young  prince  David  his  son  ;  and  that  when 
he  was  of  age  they  should  obey  him  and  crown 
him  king,  and  marry  him  in  such  a  manner  as 
was  convenient  for  his  estate.  Then  he  called  to 
him  the  gentle  knight,  sir  James  Douglas,  and 
said  before  all  the  lords :  "  Sir  James,  my  dear 
friend,  ye  know  well  that  I  have  had  much  ado 
in  my  days  to  uphold  and  sustain  the  right  of  this 
realm  ;  and  when  I  had  most  ado  I  made  a  solemn 
vow,  the  which  as  yet  I  have  not  accomplished, 
whereof  I  am  right  sorry ;  the  which  was,  if  I  might 
achieve  and  make  an  end  of  all  my  wars,  so  that 
I  might  once  have  brought  this  realm  in  rest  and 
peace,  then  I  promised  in  my  mind  to  have  gone 
and  warred  on  Christ's  enemies,  the  adversaries  of 
our  holy  Christian  faith.  To  this  purpose  mine 
heart  has  ever  intended,  but  our  Lord  would  not 
consent  thereto ;  for  I  have  had  so  much  ado  in 
my  days,  and  now  in  my  last  enterprise  I  have 
taken  such  a  malady  that  I  cannot  escape.  And 
since  it  is  that  my  body  cannot  go  nor  achieve 
that  my  heart  desireth,  I  will  send  the  heart  instead 
of  the  body  to  accomplish  my  vow.  And  because 
I  know  in  all  my  realm  no  knight  more  valiant 
than  ye  be  nor  of  body  so  well  furnished  to 
accomplish  my  vow  instead  of  myself,  therefore 
I  require  you,  my  own  dear  especial  friend,  that 
ye  will  take  on  you  this  voyage  for  the  love  of 
me,  and  to  acquit  my  soul  against  my  Lord  God. 
For  I  trust  so  much  in  your  nobleness  and  truth 


2  2  THE  PR  OM1SE  OF  D  O  UGLA  S. 

that,  an  ye  will  take  it  on  you,  I  doubt  not 
that  ye  shall  achieve  it,  and  I  declare  then  si 
I  die  in  more  ease  and  quiet  so  that  it  be  d< 
in  such  manner  as  I  shall  declare  unto  you. 
will  that,  as  soon  as  I  shall  be  passed  out  of  this 
world,  ye  take  my  heart  out  of  my  body  and 
embalm  it  ;  and  take  of  my  treasure  as  ye  shall 
think  sufficient  for  that  enterprise,  both  for  yourself 
and  such  company  as  ye  will  take  with  you  ;  and 
present  my  heart  to  the  Holy  Sepulchre  where  our 
Lord  lay,  seeing  that  my  body  cannot  come  there. 
And  take  with  you  such  company  and  purveyance  as 
shall  be  appertaining  to  your  estate.  And  where- 
soever ye  come,  let  it  be  known  how  ye  carry  with 
you  the  heart  of  king  Robert  of  Scotland  at  his 
request  and  desire,  to  be  presented  to  the  Holy 
Sepulchre."  Then  all  the  lords  that  heard  these 
words  wept  for  pity.  And  when  this  knight  sir 
James  Douglas  might  speak  for  weeping,  he  said 
"  Ah !  gentle  and  noble  king,  a  hundred  times  I 
thank  your  grace  for  the  great  honour  that  ye  do  to 
me,  since  of  so  noble  and  great  treasure  ye  give  me 
in  charge  ;  and,  sir,  I  shall  do  with  a  glad  heart  all 
that  ye  have  commanded  me  to  the  best  of  my  true 
power ;  howbeit  I  am  not  worthy  nor  sufficient  to 
achieve  such  a  noble  enterprise."  Then  the  king 
said  "  Ah  !  gentle  knight  I  thank  you,  so  that  ye 
will  promise  to  do  it."  "  Sir,"  said  the  knight, 
"  I  shall  do  it  undoubtedly,  by  the  faith  that  I 
owe  to  God  and  to  the  order  of  knighthood." 
"Then  I  thank  you,"  said  the  king,  "for  now  shall 


DOUGLAS  A  T  SL  UYS.  2 3 

1  die  in  more  ease  of  my  mind,  since  that  I  know 
that  the  most  worthy  and  sufficient  knight  of  my 
realm  shall  achieve  for  me  that  which  I  could 
never  attain  unto."  And  thus,  soon  after  this, 
noble  Robert  de  Bruce,  king  of  Scotland,  passed 
away  out  of  this  uncertain  world.  And  his  heart 
was  taken  out  of  his  body  and  embalmed,  and 
honourably  he  was  interred  in  the  Abbey  of  Dun- 
fermline  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  God,  1328,  the 
7th  day  of  the  month  of  November. 

And  when  the  spring-time  began,  then  sir  James 
Douglas  purveyed  him  with  that  which  appertained 
for  his  enterprise  and  took  his  ship  at  the  port  of 
Montrose  in  Scotland,  and  sailed  into  Flanders  to 
Sluys,  to  hear  tidings  and  to  know  if  there  were  any 
noble  men  in  that  country  that  would  go  to  Jerusalem, 
to  the  intent  to  have  more  company.  And  he  lay 
still  at  Sluys  the  space  of  1 2  days  ere  he  departed  ; 
but  he  would  never  come  a-land,  but  kept  still  his 
ship  and  always  kept  his  state  and  behaviour  with 
great  triumph,  with  trumpets  and  clarions  as  though 
he  had  been  king  of  Scots  himself.  And  in  his 
company  there  was  a  knight  banneret,  and  eight 
other  knights  of  the  realm  of  Scotland  and  twenty- 
four  young  squires  and  gentlemen  to  serve  him- 
And  all  his  vessels  were  of  gold  and  silver,  pots, 
basins,  ewers,  dishes,  flagons,  barrels,  cups,  and  all 
other  things.  And  all  such  as  would  come  and  see 
him,  they  were  well  served  with  two  manner  of  wines 
and  divers  manner  of  spices,  all  manner  of  people 
according  to  their  degrees.  And  when  he  had  thus 


24  DEATH  OF  DOUGLAS. 

tarried  there  the  space  of  twelve  days,  he  heard 
reported  that  Alfonso,  king  of  Spain,  made  war 
against  a  Saracen  king  of  Granada.  Then  he 
thought  to  join  himself  to  the  Spanish  king,  thinking 
surely  he  could  not  bestow  his  time  more  nobly  than 
to  war  against  God's  enemies.  And  that  enterprise 
done,  then  he  thought  to  go  forth  to  Jerusalem  and 
to  achieve  that  he  was  charged  with.  And  so  he 
departed  and  took  the  sea  towards  Spain,  and  arrived 
at  the  port  of  Valencia  the  great.  Then  he  went 
straight  to  the  king  of  Spain  who  held  his  host 
against  the  Saracen  king  of  Granada,  and  they  were 
near  together  on  the  frontiers  of  his  land.  And 
within  a  while  after  that  this  knight,  sir  James 
Douglas,  was  come  to  the  king  of  Spain,  on  a  day 
the  king  issued  out  into  the  field  to  approach  nearer 
to  his  enemies.  And  the  king  of  Granada  issued 
out  in  like  wise  on  his  part,  so  that  each  king  might 
see  the  other  with  all  their  banners  displayed.  Then 
they  arranged  their  battles  each  against  the  other. 
Then  sir  James  Douglas  drew  out  on  the  one  side 
with  all  his  company  to  the  intent  to  show  his 
prowess  the  better.  And  when  he  saw  these  battles 
thus  ranged  on  both  parties,  and  saw  that  the  battle 
of  the  king  of  Spain  began  somewhat  to  advance 
toward  their  enemies  he  thought  then  verily  that 
they  should  soon  assemble  together  to  fight  at  hand 
strokes  ;  and  then  he  thought  rather  to  be  with  the 
foremost  than  with  the  hindermost,  and  struck  his 
horse  with  his  spurs,  and  all  his  company  also,  and 
dashed  into  the  battle  of  the  king  of  Granada, 


MORTIMER  AND  LANCASTER.  25 

crying,  "Douglas,  Douglas!"  weening  that  the  king 
of  Spain  and  his  host  had  followed,  but  they  did 
not ;  wherefore  he  was  dismayed,  for  the  Spanish 
host  stood  still.  And  so  this  gentle  knight  was 
enclosed  and  all  his  company  with  the  Saracens, 
where  he  did  marvels  in  arms,  but  finally  he  could 
not  endure,  so  that  he  and  all  his  company  were 
slain. 

1328-9.  —  Of  the   struggle  between  Mortimer  and 
Lancaster. 

Knighton,  2554. 

At  Salisbury,  queen  Isabella  and  Roger  of  Mortimer 
made  new  earls,  namely,  John  of  Eltham,  earl  of 
Cornwall ;  Roger  of  Mortimer,  earl  of  March ; 
Edmund  Butler,  earl  of  Ormond.  All  these,  with 
their  adherents,  brought  together  a  great  army  to 
Isabella  the  queen  against  Henry  earl  of  Lancaster 
and  the  other  magnates  of  the  realm  who  had  not 
been  consenting  to  their  nefarious  deeds.  And  they 
rode  with  force  and  arms  upon  the  lands  of  the 
said  earl,  and  came  to  Leicester  with  a  great  army 
of  English  and  Welsh  on  the  fourth  of  January,  and 
they  remained  in  Leicester  and  in  the  country  around 
eight  days,  and  spoiled  the  country  everywhere, 
woods,  parks,  vineyards,  pools,  and  fishponds,  and 
took  away  with  them  everything,  whether  precious 
or  not,  that  their  hands  could  find,  gold,  silver,  corn, 
tools,  beds,  tables,  arms,  clothes,  game  and  cattle, 
sheep  and  oxen,  geese  and  hens,  and  church 
ornaments,  leaving  nothing  that  they  could  find  in 


26  LANCASTER'S  HUMILIATION. 

churches  or  elsewhere,  as  if  it  had  been  in  time  of 
war  between  kingdoms.  And  all  this  as  an  insult 
to  the  earl  of  Lancaster,  who  was  then  coming 
from  the  eastern  counties  with  a  large  force,  wishing 
to  meet  them,  having  in  his  following  the  magnates 
who  had  been  with  Thomas  earl  of  Lancaster,  to 
wit  the  earl  of  Norfolk,  Edmund  earl  of  Kent,  his 
brother  and  uncle  of  the  king,  the  bishops  of 
London  and  Winchester,  the  lord  Wake,  the  lord 
Beaumont,  Hugh  of  Audley,  the  lord  Thomas 
Rosselyne,  and  many  others.  And  when  these 
magnates  had  made  themselves  ready  for  the 
attack,  since  they  distrusted  Roger  Mortimer,  by 
whose  counsel  and  prompting  the  king  had  taken 
offence  against  certain  of  his  faithful  lieges,  the  two 
uncles  of  the  king,  Thomas  and  Edmund,  left  the 
earl  and  joined  the  king's  mother  and  Roger 

Mortimer Earl   Henry,    trusting   in 

their  fidelity,  had  taken  his  stand  in  a  field  near 
Bedford,  and  fixed  his  tents,  purposing  to  join 
battle  with  Roger  of  Mortimer  and  his  adherents ; 
but,  owing  to  this  betrayal,  he  humbly  submitted 
himself  to  the  king  in  the  field  in  the  presence 
of  the  whole  army.  And  there  it  was  agreed,  in 
the  presence  of  Simon  archbishop  of  Canterbury 
and  other  bishops  and  many  of  the '  magnates  of 
the  realm,  that  all  evils  should  be  remedied  in  the 
next  parliament,  and  this  lest,  perchance,  all  the 
commons  should  rise  and  make  common  cause  with 
the  earl. 


JUDICIAL  MURDER.  27 

1330.— Of  the  death,  of  Edmund  of  Kent. 

Knighton,   2555. 

In  the  year  of  grace,  1330,  and  in  the  4th  year 
of  the  reign  of  king  Edward,  the  king  held  a 
parliament  at  Winchester.  In  which  it  was  laid  to 
the  charge  of  Edmund  earl  of  Kent  by  Isabella 
the  mother,  and  Roger  Mortimer  and  others  of  their 
party,  that  he  had  endeavoured  and  taken  great 
pains,  contrary  to  his  duty  to  the  king,  to  free 
Edward,  his  brother,  formerly  king  of  England, 
from  the  castle  of  Berkeley,  to  the  prejudice  and 
hurt  of  the  crown.  Wherefore  the  said  Edmund 
was  taken  and  imprisoned  and  condemned  to  the 
penalty  of  beheading ;  and  so  stood  outside  the 
gate  of  the  castle,  awaiting  death  until  the  hour 
of  vespers,  because  no  one  was  willing  to  behead 
him,  for  the  pity  they  had  for  him,  for  he  had  been 
condemned  without  common  consent.  At  last  came 
a  ribald  scoundrel  from  the  Marshalsey,  and,  to  gain 
his  own  life,  beheaded  him  on  Monday  in  the  vigil 
of  S.  Cuthbert. 

1330.— Of  the  fall  of  Roger  Mortimer. 

Knighton,  2555-7. 

.  .  .  Then  a  rumour  began  to  spread  through 
the  whole  of  England  of  the  malignity  and  cruelty 
of  Isabella,  the  king's  mother,  and  of  the  many 
seditions  of  Roger  Mortimer.  In  the  first  place  that 
they  encouraged  the  Scots  to  the  great  hurt  and 
disgrace  of  the  king  and  kingdom  of  England,  and 
how  that  she  had  put  to  death  king  Edward,  once 


2  8  ARRES  T  OF  MOR  TIMER . 


her  husband,  and  how  many  evils  were  done  in  the 
realm  by  their  counsel  and  aid,  and  how  many  evil 
works  were  concealed  by  their  help.  Wherefore  the 
king,  by  the  secret  advice  of  his  friends,  determined 
to  break  up  their  fellowship,  lest  worse  or  like 
should  at  any  time  arise  by  their  act  or  counsel. 
For  they  were  becoming  so  strong  in  the  land  that 
the  whole  kingdom  seemed  in  peril  of  falling. 
Then  the  king  held  his  council  at  Nottingham  in 
the  season  of  Michaelmas,  with  almost  all  the 
magnates  of  the  realm.  Wherein  the  king,  being 
more  wholesomely  taught  by  wiser  counsel  of  their 
fraud  and  malice,  and  seeing  the  danger  as  well  past 
as  future  and  present  from  the  said  Isabella  and 
Mortimer,  was  much  moved  at  heart  ;  and  so  on  the 
Wednesday  on  the  morrow  of  S.  Luke,  the  king  with 
a  picked  following  on  a  dark  night  made  his  way 
by  a  certain  subterranean  passage  from  the  town  of 
Nottingham  into  the  castle,  and  came  into  the 
chamber  of  his  mother,  Isabella,  and  found  there 
near  her  in  another  chamber  Roger  Mortimer  and 
Henry,  bishop  of  Lincoln.  And  immediately  the 
king  ordered  Roger  to  be  apprehended  and  put  in 
safe  custody  until  the  morrow.  On  the  morrow  he 
caused  all  his  adherents  scattered  through  the  whole 

town  to  be  apprehended And  in  the 

capture  of  Roger  Mortimer,  Hugh  of  Tryplington,  a 
knight  and  seneschal  of  the  king's  household,  was 
killed  by  Roger  Mortimer  in  the  entry  of  the  king 
into  their  chamber.  Isabella,  the  king's  mother, 
was  adjudged  to  lose  all  her  lands,  and  with  difficulty 


HE  IS  EXECUTED.  29 

escaped  the  sentence  of  death,  this  being  refrained 
from  because  she  was  the  king's  mother  and  on 
account  of  the  king's  reverence.  And  it  was 
ordained  that  each  year  3,000  marks  should  be 
taken  from  the  chest  of  the  king  for  her  suste- 
nance, and  that  she  should  dwell  where  the  king 

should    appoint Then  the  king  ordered 

the  earls,  barons,  and  other  magnates  of  the  realm, 
to  pass  just  sentence  on  Roger  Mortimer.  These  all 
consulting  together  came  and  said  that  all  the  above 
articles  witnessed  against  Roger  were  true  and 
notorious,  and  known  to  all  the  people  of  the  land, 
especially  the  article  touching  the  death  of  the  king 
at  Berkeley  ;  wherefore  it  was  determined  and 
adjudged  that  the  said  Roger  should  be  drawn  and 
hanged  at  London.  His  body  hung  bare  on  the 
gallows  two  days  and  two  nights,  and  was  then 
buried  at  the  convent  of  the  Franciscans  at  London. 

1331.— Protection  to  a  Flemish  weaver. 

Rymer,  Fcedera,  ii.  823. 

(This  illustrates  the  policy  of  Edward  III.  to  encourage  the 
settlement  of  foreign  weavers  in  England,  to  which  was  chiefly 
clue  the  rapid  growth  of  the  cloth  manufacture  in  England  from 
this  time.) 

The  king  to  all  bailiffs,  etc.,  to  whom  these  letters 
may  come,  greeting.  Know  that,  whereas  John 
Kempe,  of  Flanders,  weaver  of  woollen  cloths,  has 
come  to  dwell  within  our  realm  of  England  for 
the  sake  of  exercising  his  craft  therein  and  of 
instructing  and  informing  those  who  wish  to  learn 


30  CLOTH  WEAVING. 


men 


the   same,  and  has  brought  with  him   certain 
and  servants  and  apprentices  of  that  craft : 

We  take  this  John,  his  men,  servants,  and 
apprentices  aforesaid,  together  with  all  their  goods 
and  chattels,  into  our  protection,  and  we  promise 
to  other  men  of  that  craft,  as  well  as  to  dyers  and 
fullers,  wishing  to  come  from  across  the  sea  to 
dwell  within  our  kingdom  for  the  same  cause,  that 
similar  letters  shall  be  granted 

Witness  the  king,  at  Lincoln,  the  28th  day  of  July. 

(Similar  letters  of  protection  were  afterwards  frequently  issued, 
e.g.  to  two  Brabant  weavers  who  had  settled  at  York  in  1336,  to 
weavers  from  Zealand  in  1337.) 


1333.— Of  the  battle  of  Halidon  Hill. 

Chronicle  of  Lanercost,  p.  273. 

(The  Scotch  government  having  refused  to  reinstate  those 
English  lords  who  had  lands  in  Scotland,  they  induced  Edward 
Balliol,  son  of  king  John  Balliol,  to  make  an  attempt  to  gain  the 
crown  in  the  summer  of  1332.  At  first  he  was  entirely  success- 
ful ;  the  regent  was  defeated  at  Duplin  Moor,  and  Balliol  was 
crowned  at  Scone.  But  in  a  few  months  he  had  to  take  refuge 
in  England.  Edward's  sympathies  had  long  been  on  the  side  of 
Balliol ;  border  frays  gave  him  an  excuse  for  breaking  the  peace, 
and  he  joined  Balliol  in  besieging  Berwick.) 

The  king  of  England,  hearing  that  the  Scots  had 
entered  his  land,  and  had  done  all  the  evils  of  which 
we  have  spoken,  although  he  himself  had  not  yet 
broken  the  peace  and  concord  made  between  him 
and  David,  son  of  lord  Robert  of  Bruce,  who  had 
married  Edward's  sister,  who  was  with  him  in 
Scotland,  approached  Berwick  about  the  festival  of 


BALLIOL  A  GAINST  BR  UCE.  3  i 

the  apostles  Philip  and  James  (May  i.)  in  order  to 
vanquish  the  Scots  and  assist  the  king  of  Scotland, 
having  with  him  his  own  brother  John  of  Eltham, 
and  many  other  noble  earls,  barons,  knights,  and 
squires,  and  thirty  thousand  picked  men,  the  king 
of  Scotland  being  then  besieging  that  town.  And 
within  the  week  after  Ascension  Day  (May  20)  the 
two  kings  with  their  army  made  a  vigorous  assault 
on  the  said  town,  but  those  within  (on  account 
of  the  strength  and  height  of  the  wall,  which  the 
father  of  the  king  of  England  had  caused  to  be 
built  when  the  town  was  in  his  power)  bravely 
resisted  and  manfully  defended  themselves,  so  that 
the  English  could  not  force  an  entrance,  although 
they  continued  the  siege.  Then  on  the  i4th  of 
the  calends  of  August,  to  wit  on  the  vigil  of  S. 
Margaret,  virgin  and  martyr  (July  19),  after  breakfast, 
came  the  Scots  in  great  multitude  to  their  destruction, 
marching  in  three  lines  towards  the  town  of  Berwick, 
against  the  two  kings  and  their  armies  then  besieging 
it,  who  however  were  ready  and  informed  of  their 
coming.  But  the  Scots  who  marched  in  the  first 
line  were  so  wounded  in  the  face  and  blinded  by 
the  multitude  of  the  English  arrows,  in  this  battle 
as  in  the  previous  one  at  Gledenmoor,  that  they 
could  not  help  themselves,  and  soon  began  to 
turn  their  faces  away  from  the  blows  of  the  arrows 
and  fall.  Even  after  the  English  and  the  Scotch 
alike  were  drawn  up  in  triple  line,  the  king 
of  Scotland  being  in  the  hindermost,  the  Scots 
turned  to  meet  and  do  battle  with  the  line  of  him 


32  DEFEAT  OF  THE  SCOTS. 

who,  not  unjustly,  was  seeking  his  right  to  the 
kingdom.  However,  as  it  is  said,  their  first  line  was 
soon  thrown  into  confusion  and  overcome  by  his 
(Balliol's)  army  before  the  rest  began  to  fight.  And, 
while  he  scattered  the  first  division,  the  other  two 
wings  fell  in  battle  before  the  English.  Those  of 
the  Scots  who  were  behind  took  to  flight  on  foot,  but 
the  English  followed  them  on  horseback  down  the 
the  different  lanes,  and  knocked  down  the  wretched 
fugitives  with  staves  with  iron  teeth.  On  that  day 
were  killed  of  the  Scots,  as  was  said,  7  earls,  namely, 
those  of  Ross,  of  Lennox,  of  Carrick,  of  Sutherland, 
and  three  others,  and  27  bannerets,  and  36,320  foot 
soldiers,  though,  according  to  some,  fewer,  according 
to  others,  many  more.  Among  others  also  fell  lord 
Archibald  of  Douglas,  who  had  been  the  chief  cause 
of  their  coming  to  this  destruction  ;  had  not  night 
soon  fallen,  many  more  would  have  been  killed. 

Before  the  Scotch  army  had  got  as  far  as  Berwick 
a  monk,  who  was  in  their  company  and  heard  their 
deliberations,  cried  to  them  "  Proceed  no  further ! 
Let  us  all  return  ;  for  I  see  Christ  crucified  coming 
against  you  in  the  air  from  Berwick  with  brandished 
spear."  But  they,  like  proud  and  obstinate  men, 
confiding  in  their  numbers,  which  were  twice  as 
great  as  the  English,  hardened  their  hearts  and 
would  not  return.  This  was  told  by  one  of  the 
Scots,  who  was  made  a  knight  just  before  the  battle, 
and  was  -captured  in  the  battle  and  put  to  ransom, 
adding  that  two  hundred  and  three  Scots  were 
made  knights  before  the  battle,  and  none  of  them 


BALLTOL  GIVES  UP  THE  LOTHTANS.         33 

escaped  death    except  himself  and    four   only  with 
him. 

(Berwick  gave  itself  up  to  Edward ;  the  national  party  in 
Scotland  seemed  crushed ;  and  the  young  David  Bruce  took 
refuge  in  France.) 

1334.— Of  the  homage  done  by  Edward  of  Balliol. 

Chronicle  of  Lane r cost,  p.  277. 

On  the  nineteenth  day  of  June,  that  is  to  say  on  the 
feast  of  the  holy  martyrs,  Gervasius  and  Prothasius,  at 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  came  the  king  of  Scotland,  and 
the  earls  of  Athol  and  Dunbar,  Mar  and  Buchan  ;  and 
then  in  the  presence  of  the  two  English  earls — the 
king's  brothers,  the  earl  of  Cornwall  and  the  earl  of 
Warrenne — and  these  four  Scotch  earls,  and  of  the 
archbishop  of  York  and  the  bishops  of  Durham  and 
Carlisle,  and  an  almost  innumerable  multitude  of 
clergy  and  people,  the  king  of  Scotland,  Edward  of 
Balliol,  did  his  homage  to  his  lord  Edward  the  third, 
king  of  England,  to  hold  the  kingdom  of  Scotland 
of  him,  as  of  his  chief  lord,  and  of  his  heirs  and 
successors  for  ever.  And  because  the  king  of  England 
had  assisted  him  to  re-enter  and  take  possession  of 
his  kingdom  of  Scotland,  from  which  he  had  been 
expelled  by  the  Scots  for  a  time,  and  had  incurred 
great  expenses,  the  king  of  Scotland  yielded  to  him 
five  Scotch  counties  which  are  nearest  to  the  English 
March — namely,  the  counties  of  Berwick  and  Rox- 
burgh, Peebles  and  Dumfries,  and  the  town  of  Had- 
ington  and  the  town  of  Sedburgh,  with  its  castle, 
and  the  forests  of  Selkirk  and  Ettrick  and  Sedburgh, 


34  OXFORD  TROUBLES. 

so  that  all  these  should  be  separated  from  the  crown 
of  Scotland  and  annexed  to  the  crown  of  England 
for  ever.  Thus  there  did  not  remain  to  the  king  of 
Scotland  this  side  the  Scotch  sea,*  more  than  five 
counties,  to  wit,  Ayr,  Dunbarton,  Lanark,  Stirling, 
and  Wigtown  in  Galway  beyond  the  Firth.  All  the 
above  said  were  publicly  confirmed  by  oath  and 
writing  and  fit  witnesses,  and  this  being  done  the 
king  returned  to  England. 

1334.— Order  against  Oxford   students  seceding  to 
Stamford. 

Rymer,  Fcedera,  ii.  891. 

(Owing  to  the  frequent  conflicts  between  Northerners  and 
Southerners  at  Oxford,  many  students  had  withdrawn  to  Stam- 
ford, which  seemed  likely  to  become  a  formidable  rival  to 
Oxford  and  Cambridge.) 

The  king,  to  the  sheriff  of  Lincoln,  greeting. 
Whereas  we  are  given  to  understand  that  many 
masters  and  .scholars  of  our  university  of  Oxford, 
under  colour  of  certain  dissensions  lately,  as  it  is 
said,  arisen  in  that  university,  and  with  other  idle 
pretexts,  withdrawing  themselves  from  that  university, 
presume  to  betake  themselves  to  the  town  of  Stam- 
ford, and  there  carry  on  their  studies  and  perform 
scholastic  exercises,  having  by  no  means  sought 
our  assent  or  license  ;  which,  if  it  were  tolerated, 
would  manifestly  turn  not  only  to  our  contempt  and 
disgrace  but  also  to  the  dispersion  of  our  said 
university  ; 

*  The  Firth  of  Forth. 


STAMFORD.  35 

We,  unwilling  that  schools  or  studies  should  in 
any  wise  be  carried  on  elsewhere  within  our  realm 
than  in  places  where  there  are  now  universities, 
order  and  firmly  enjoin  you  to  go  in  person  to  the 
said  town  of  Stamford,  and  there  and  elsewhere 
within  your  bailiwick  where  it  is  expedient,  cause 
it  to  be  publicly  proclaimed  with  our  authority,  and 
prohibition  made  that  any  should  carry  on  study 
or  perform  scholastic  exercises  elsewrhere  than  in 
our  said  universities,  under  penalty  of  forfeiting  to 
us  all  they  can  forfeit  ;  and  cause  us,  without  delay, 
to  be  informed  distinctly  and  openly,  in  our  chancery, 
and  under  your  seal,  of  the  names  of  those  whom 
you  find  disobeying,  after  this  proclamation  and 
prohibition  ; 

For  we  will  that  speedy  justice  be  done  as  is 
fitting  to  all  and  everyone  ready  to  bring  their 
complaints  of  any  violence  or  injury  done  to  them 
at  the  said  city  of  Oxford,  before  our  justices  there, 
specially  deputed  for  this  purpose. 

Witness  the  king  at  Windsor,  the  second  day  of 
August. 

By  the  king  and  council. 

(This  vigorous  measure  was  successful,  but  not  until  a  writ 
had  been  issued  next  year  ordering  the  seizure  of  the  books  of 
the  disobedient.) 

1334-6.— Unsuccessful  expeditions  of  Edward  into 
Scotland. 

Murimuth,  pp.  75-80. 
(The  cession  of  the  Lothians  by  Balliol  caused  him  to  be  again 


36  EDWARD  IN  SCOTLAND. 

driven  out.     The  following  is  a  short  account  of  Edward's  vain 
endeavours  to  re-conquer  Scotland  for  him.) 

When  the  news  came  to  the  parliament  that  the 
Scots  had  all  revolted  and  had  taken  prisoner  the 
lord  Richard  Talbot  and  six  other  knights,  and 
had  slain  many  foot- soldiers,  the  king  declared  that 
he  would  go  to  Scotland  to  bridle  the  malice  of 
the  Scots ;  and  the  people  granted  to  him  the 
fifteenth  penny  of  lay  property,  and  from  the  cities 
and  burgesses  the  tenth  penny,  and  the  clergy 
granted  a  tenth. 

Also  in  the  same  parliament  our  lord  the  king 
consented  to  go  to  the  Holy  Land  at  his  own  charge, 
yet  did  not  fix  any  certain  time  for  beginning  his 
journey,  but  ordered  that  the  archbishop  of  Canter- 
bury should  be  sent  to  the  pope  and  to  the  king 
of  France  to  agree  about  the  time ;  in  order  that 
the  two  kings  with  their  forces,  should  set  out  at  the 
same  time  ;  but  nothing  was  ever  really  done.  .  .  . 

Soon  after  Michaelmas  the  king  marched  to  the 
Scotch  borders,  and  wintered  in  those  parts  ;  and 
having  heard  that  the  earl  of  Athol  had  treacherously 
joined  the  Scots,  and  that  they  were  besieging  the 
lord  Henry  of  Beaumont  in  a  certain  castle,  he 
entered  Scotland  and  caused  the  siege  to  be  raised  ; 
and  kept  Christmas  at  Roxburgh 

The  archbishop  of  Canterbury  returned  about 
Epiphany  (1335).  .  .  .  And  soon  after  Epiphany, 
the  king  of  France  sent  ambassadors  to  the  king  of 
England,  to  wit  the  bishop  of  Avranches  and  a 
certain  baron,  to  bring  about  a  peace  with  the 


£>EA  TH  OF  A  THOL .  3  7 

Scotch,  and  they  waited  in  England  till  the  middle 
of  Lent  ;  and  then  at  Nottingham  a  truce  was 
granted  until  the  feast  of  S.  John  the  Baptist,  in 
order  that  the  parliament  might  deal  meanwhile  with 
these  matters  and  others  touching  the  state  of  the 
realm.  In  this  parliament  held  at  York,  it  was 
ordained  that  the  king  and  the  earls  and  the  barons 
with  their  forces  should  enter  Scotland  and  cross  the 
Scotch  sea ;  which  soon  afterwards  was  done.  But 
the  Scotch,  unwilling  to  array  battle  in  the  open, 
pretended  that  they  wished  peace  ;  and  afterwards, 
about  Michaelmas,  many  made  peace,  especially  the 
earl  of  Athol ;  but  others  refused  ;  so  that  soon  after 
the  earl  of  Moray  was  captured  at  Edinburgh  and 
sent  to  be  imprisoned  in  England,  and  the  lord 
Richard  Talbot  was  redeemed  for  two  thousand 
marks.  But  the  earl  of  Athol,  wishing  to  shew  that 
he  had  really  joined  the  English,  rode  against  the 
Scots  to  besiege  a  castle  and  suddenly,  having  but  a 
small  force  with  him,  fell  among  the  enemy  who  were 
greatly  superior  in  number;  and  willing  not  to  yield  but 
to  fight  was  slain  with  thirteen  persons  of  less  estate 
after  Michaelmas.  The  king,  however,  still  remained 
on  the  Scotch  borders  and  likewise  also  the  ambas- 
sadors of  the  pope  and  the  king  of  France,  waiting 
to  bring  about  some  peace  or  long  truce,  to  us 
useless.  .  .  .  This  year  the  king  had  a  tenth 
from  the  burgesses,  a  fifteenth  from  his  other 
subjects,  and  a  tenth  from  the  clergy.  And  about 
Whitsuntide  (1336)  the  king  held  a  parliament  at 
Northampton,  where  he  left  the  prelates  and  others 


38  EDWARD  A  T  PER  Tti. 

to  treat,  and  he  himself  secretly  rode  towards 
Scotland,  with  very  few  followers,  as  far  as  Berwick ; 
and  thence  taking  a  few  troops  he  rode  to  the  town 
of  S.  John  (Perth),  where  he  found  his  forces,  who 
were  surprised  and  wondered  at  his  arrival.  He 
caused  that  town  to  be  fortified  with  ditches  and 
walls,  and  sent  his  earls  with  the  king  of  Scotland 
through  the  country,  to  see  if  they  could  join  battle 
with  the  Scots ;  but  none  dared  to  await  them,  but 
lay  in  hiding  in  the  mountains,  marshes,  and  forests. 
.  .  .  In  October  died  John  of  Eltham,  earl  of 
Cornwall,  brother  of  the  king  of  England,  and  this 
was  in  Scotland  and  not  in  battle.  Also  this  year, 
our  lord  the  king  caused  to  be  taken  in  every  cathedral 
church  all  the  money  collected  and  placed  there  for 
the  crusade.  Also,  this  year,  the  pope  recalled  the 
tenth  for  six  years  which  had  been  granted  for  the 
crusade,  because  the  king  of  France  put  off  his 
journey  to  the  Holy  Land  too  much,  and  the  pope 
desired  that  what  had  been  paid  should  be  returned  ; 
but  nothing  was  returned  in  England  because  the 
clergy  granted  it  to  the  king. 

1337.— Prohibition  of  the  export  of  wool. 

Murimuth,  p.  81. 

(This  was  probably  intended  partly  to  encourage  the  rising 
cloth  manufacture  in  England,  but  partly  also  to  coerce  the  earl 
of  Flanders  into  joining  Edward  against  Philip  of  Valois.) 

The  king  summoned  his  parliament  for  the  Monday 
after  the  feast  of  S.  Matthew  the  apostle,  and  in 
this  he  made  his  eldest  son,  duke  of  Cornwall,  the 


EXPORT  OF  WOOL  FORBIDDEN.  39 

lord  Henry,  son  of  the  earl  of  Lancaster,  earl  of 
Derby,  the  lord  William  of  Bohun,  earl  of  North- 
ampton, the  lord  William  of  Montagu,  earl  of 
Sarum,  the  lord  Hugh  of  Audley,  earl  of  Gloucester, 
the  lord  William  of  Clinton,  earl  of  Huntingdon, 
the  lord  Robert  of  Ufford,  earl  of  Suffolk.  These 
creations  were  made  in  the  second  Sunday  in 
Lent,  at  Westminster  ;  where  also  he  made  24 
knights.  Also  in  the  same  parliament  it  was 
enacted  that  no  wool  growing  in  England  should 
leave  the  realm,  but  that  cloth  should  be  made 
with  it  in  England,  and  that  all  makers  of  cloth 
should  be  welcomed  in  England  wherever  they 
might  come  from,  and  that  fit  places  should  be 
assigned  to  them  and  that  they  should  have  wages 
from  the  king  until  they  could  make  fitting  gain 
by  their  craft.  Also  it  was  enacted  that  no  one 
should  use  cloth  made  outside  England  and  after- 
wards imported,  except  the  king  and  queen  and 
their  children.  From  which  statutes  no  results ; 
followed,  nor  did  any  one  take  the  trouble  to 
observe  them. 

(Yet  the  Flemish  weavers,  who  were  entirely  dependent  upon 
England  for  their  wool,  were  thereby  reduced  to  great  distress.) 

1329-1333.— How  the  lord  sir  Robert  of  Artois  was 
chased  out  of  the  realm  of  France. 

Fi-oissart,  ch.  25  (i.  §  48).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  19. 

The  man  in  the  world  that  most  aided  king 
Philip  to  attain  to  the  crown  of  France  was  sir 
Robert,  earl  of  Artois,  who  was  one  of  the  sagest 


40  R  OBER  T  OF  AR  TO  IS. 

and  greatest  lords  in  France,  and  come  of  high 
lineage  from  the  blood  royal,  and  had  to  his  wife 
the  sister  of  the  said  king  Philip,  and  always  was 
his  chief  and  special  companion  and  lover  in  all  his 
estates.  And  the  space  of  three  years  all  that  was 
done  in  the  realm  of  France  was  done  by  his  advice, 
and  without  him  nothing  was  done.  And,  after,  it 
fortuned  that  this  king  Philip  took  a  marvellous 
great  displeasure  and  hatred  against  this  noble  man, 
sir  Robert  of  Artois,  for  a  plea  that  was  moved 
before  him  whereof  the  earl  of  Artois  was 
cause.  For  he  would  fain  have  won  his  intent  by 
virtue  of  a  letter  that  he  laid  forth,  the  which  was 
not  true  as  it  was  said.  Wherefore  the  king  was  in 
such  displeasure  that  if  he  had  taken  him  in  his  ire 
surely  it  had  cost  him  his  life,  without  remedy.  So 
this  sir  Robert  was  fain  to  fly  the  realm  of  France, 
and  went  to  Namur  to  the  earl  John,  his  nephew. 
Then  the  King  took  the  earl's  wife  and  her  two 
sons,  who  were  his  own  nephews,  John  and  Charles, 
and  did  put  them  in  prison.  And  they  were  kept 
straitly,  and  the  king  swear  that  they  should  never 
come  out  of  prison  as  long  as  they  lived  ;  the  king's 
mind  would  be  turned  by  no  manner  of  means. 

(Robert  of  Artois  came  to  England  probably  in  1334,  and  in 
1337  Edward  gave  him  certain  estates  and  a  pension.) 

1337.— How  king  Edward  was  counselled  to  make 
war  against  the  French  king. 

Froissart,  ch.  28  (i.  §  56).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  25. 
In  this   season   when  this    crusade  was    in  great 


COUNSELS  OF  WAR.  41 

forwardness,  for  there  was  no  speaking  but  thereof, 
sir  Robert  of  Artois  was  as  then  in  England, 
banished  out  of  France,  and  was  ever  about  king 
Edward  ;  and  always  he  counselled  him  to  defy  the 
French  king,  who  kept  his  heritages  from  him 
wrongfully ;  of  wThich  matter  the  king  oftentimes 
counselled  with  them  of  his  secret  council,  for 
gladly  he  would  have  had  his  right  if  he  wist  how. 
And  also  he  thought  that  if  he  should  demand  his 
right  and  it  were  refused,  what  he  might  do  then 
to  amend  it.  For  if  he  should  then  sit  still  and 
do  not  his  devoir  to  recover  his  right,  he  should 
be  more  blamed  than  before  ;  yet  he  thought  it 
were  better  to  speak  not  thereof.  For  he  saw  well 
that  by  the  puissance  of  his  realm  it  would  be  hard 
for  him  to  subdue  the  great  realm  of  France  without 
help  from  some  other  great  lords,  either  of  the 
empire  or  in  other  places,  for  his  money.  The 
king  oftentimes  desired  counsel  of  his  chief  and 
special  friends  and  counsellors.  Finally,  his  coun- 
sellors answered  him  and  said,  "  Sir,  the  matter  is 
so  weighty  and  of  so  high  an  enterprise  that  we 
dare  not  speak  therein  nor  give  you  any  counsel. 
But,  sir,  this  we  would  counsel  you  to  do :  send 
sufficient  messengers,  well  informed  of  your  intention, 
to  the  earl  of  Hainault,  whose  daughter  you  have 
married,  and  to  sir  John  of  Hainault,  his  brother, 
who  hath  valiantly  served  you  at  all  times.  And 
desire  them,  by  way  of  love,  that  they  would 
counsel  you  in  this  matter,  for  they  know  better 
what  pertaineth  to  such  a  matter  than  we  do. 


42  EMJ3ASSY  TO  HAINAULT. 

And,  sir,  if  they  agree  to  your  intent,  then  will 
they  counsel  you  what  friends  you  may  •  best 
make."  The  king  was  content  with  this  answer, 
and  desired  the  bishop  of  Lincoln  to  take  on  him 
this  message,  and  with  him  two  bannerets  and  two 
doctors.  They  made  them  ready  and  took  shipping 
and  arrived  at  Dunkirk,  and  rode  through  Flanders 
till  they  came  to  Valenciennes,  where  they  found  the 
earl  lying  in  his  bed  sick  of  the  gout,  and  with  him 
sir  John  his  brother.  They  were  greatly  feasted, 
and  declared  the  cause  of  their  coming,  and  showed 
all  the  reasons  and  doubts  that  the  king  their  master 
had  made.  Then  the  earl  said  :  "  So  help  me  God, 
if  the  king's  mind  might  be  brought  to  pass,  I  would 
be  right  glad  thereof;  for  I  had  rather  the  wealth  of 
him  that  hath  married  my  daughter,  than  of  him  that 
never  did  nothing  for  me,  though  I  have  married  his 
sister.  And  also  he  did  hinder  the  marriage  of  the 
young  duke  of  Brabant  who  should  have  married 
one  of  my  daughters.  Wherefore  I  shall  not  fail 
to  aid  my  dear  and  well  beloved  son,  the  king  of 
England.  I  shall  give  him  counsel  and  aid  to  the 
best  of  my  power,  and  so  shall  do  John  my  brother 
who  hath  served  him  ere  this.  Howbeit  he  must 
have  more  help  than  ours,  for  Hainault  is  but  a  small 
country  in  regard  to  the  realm  of  France,  and  England 
is  far  off  to  aid  us."  Then  the  bishop  said,  "  Sir,  we 
thank  you  in  our  master's  behalf,  for  the  comfort  that 
you  give  us.  Sir,  we  desire  you  to  give  our  master 
counsel  what  friends  he  were  best  to  labour  unto 
to  aid  him."  ''Surely,"  said  the  earl,  "I  can  not 


THE  EARL'S  ADVICE.  43 

devise  a  more  puissant  prince  to  aid  him  than  the 
duke  of  Brabant  who  is  his'  cousin  germain.  And 
also  the  bishop  of  Liege,  the  duke  of  Gueldres,  who 
hath  his  sister  to  his  wife,  the  archbishop  of  Cologne, 
the  marquis  of  Juliers,  sir  Arnold  of  Blenkenheim, 
and  the  lord  of  Falkenberg.  These  lords  are  they 
that  may  make  most  men  of  war  in  a  short  space 
of  any  that  I  know.  They  are  good  men  of  war ; 
they  may  well  make  ten  thousand  men  of  war  so 
they  have  wages  thereafter;  they  are  people  that 
would  gladly  win  advantage.  If  it  were  so  that  the 
king,  my  son,  your  master,  might  get  these  lords 
to  be  on  his  part,  and  so  to  come  into  these  parts, 
he  might  well  go  over  the  water  of  Oise  and  seek 
out  king  Philip  to  fight  with  him."  With  this 
answer  these  ambassadors  returned  into  England 
to  the  king  and  reported  all  that  they  had  done, 
whereof  the  king  had  great  joy  and  was  well 
comforted.* 

1337.  — To  explain  to  the  people  the  promises  made 
to  the  king-  of  France  in  order  to  preserve  peace. 

Rymer,     Feed  era,  994. 

(In  this  manifesto  before  beginning  the  war  with  France, 
Edward  does  not  claim  the  French  crown,  and  complains  only 
of  Philip's  action  in  Guienne  and  Scotland.) 

The  king  to  the  venerable  father  in  Christ,  John, 
archbishop  of  Canterbury,  primate  of  all  England, 
and  to  his  trusty  and  well-beloved  William  of  Clin- 

*  For  Edward's  claim  to  the  French  crown,  see  Appendix. 


44  MANIFESTO. 

ton,  earl  of  Huntingdon,  who  have  been  appointed 
to  declare  in  the  county  of  Kent  certain  things 
touching  the  defence  of  our  realm,  of  holy  church, 
and  of  our  other  lands,  greeting ; 

We  send  you  a  certain  schedule,  herein  enclosed, 
of  the  promises  which  we  and  our  ambassadors 
have  made  to  prevent  war  with  the  king  of  France  ; 

Commanding  you,  and  each  of  you,  that  you 
cause  what  is  contained  in  that  schedule  to  be 
clearly  and  fully  explained  to  the  clergy  and 
people  of  that  county,  on  the  day  and  at  the 
place  mentioned  in  the  commission  which  has 
been  issued  to  you  ; 

Persuading  them,  by  all  the  ways  and  means 
you  can,  since  that  king  threatens  us  with  war, 
willing  to  consent  neither  to  peace  nor  to  negotia- 
tions for  peace,  whereby  we  are  subjected  to 
intolerable  expense,  for  public  defence,  to  help  us 
freely  each  of  them,  as  far  as  their  means  permit ; 
so  acting  in  this,  that  we  may  have  to  justly 
commend  your  diligence. 

Witness  the  king,  at  Westminster,  the  28th  day 
of  August.  By  the  king. 

A  similar  order  was  sent  to  the  following  persons 
appointed  in  the  following  counties  to  make  the 
same  announcement — 

(Then  follows  a  list  of  persons  so  appointed,  e.g.,  in  Oxford- 
shire and  Bucks.,  the  abbots  of  Abingdon  and  Osney  and 
three  knights.) 

Schedule  mentioned  in  the  above  order. 


ENCROACHMENTS  IN  GUIENNE.  45 

These  are  the  offers  made  to  the  king  of  France 
by  the  king  of  England  to  prevent  war. 

In  the  first  place,  the  king  of  England  sent  to 
the  king  of  France  divers  solemn  messages,  praying 
him  to  restore  the  lands  that  he  withheld  from  him, 
wilfully  and  against  reason,  in  the  duchy  of  Guienne  ; 
to  none  of  which  requests  did  the  king  of  France 
consent ;  but  at  last  he  promised  that,  if  the  king 
of  England  would  come  to  him  in  person,  he  would 
shew  him  justice,  grace,  and  favour. 

Trusting  to  this  promise,  the  king  of  England 
passed  privately  into  France  and  went  to  him, 
humbly  requesting  the  return  of  those  lands,  offering 
and  performing  to  the  king  what  he  was  bound 
to  do  and  more  ;  but  the  king  of  France  gave  him 
words  only  and  not  deeds,  and,  moreover,  while 
the  negotiations  were  going  on,  encroached  wrong- 
fully more  and  more  on  the  rights  of  the  king  of 
F^ngland  in  that  duchy. 

Also  the  king  of  FLngland,  seeing  the  -harshness 
of  the  king  of  France,  in  order  to  have  his  good 
will  and  that  which  he  wrongfully  kept  from  him, 
made  him  the  great  offers  below  mentioned  ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  one  was  refused  he  made  him  another  ; 

First,  the  marriage  of  his  eldest  son,  now  duke 
of  Cornwall,  with  the  daughter  of  the  king  of  France, 
without  dowry  ; 

Then,  the  marriage  of  his  sister,  now  countess 
of  Gueldres,  with  his  son,  with  a  very  great  sum 
of  money ; 

Then,   the   marriage   of  his  brother,   the   earl   of 


46  THE  CRUSADE  HINDERED. 

Cornwall,  whom  God  assoil,  with  any  lady  of  the 
blood  royal  of  France  ; 

Then,  to  make  redemption  for  disturbance,  he 
offered  him  as  much  money  as  he  could  reasonably 
demand ; 

Then,  since  the  king  of  France  gave  the  king 
of  England  to  understand,  that  he  wished  to  under- 
take a  crusade  to  the  Holy  Land,  and  greatly  desired 
to  have  the  company  of  the  king  of  England,  and 
that  he  would  do  him  grace  and  favour  therefor, 
the  king  of  England,  in  order  that  the  prevention 
of  the  crusade  might  not  be  attributed  to  him, 
offered  to  the  king  of  France  to  go  in  force  with 
him  on  the  crusade  ;  provided,  however,  that  before 
going,  he  made  full  restitution  to  him  of  his  lands ; 

Then,  he  offered  to  go  with  him  on  crusade,  on 
condition  that  he  made  restitution  of  half  or  a 
certain  part  of  his  lands  ; 

Then,  afterwards,  he  offered,  with  still  greater 
liberality,'  to  go  with  him  on  condition  that,  on 
his  return  from  the  Holy  Land,  he  made  full 
restitution. 

Then,  to  stay  the  malice  of  the  king  of  France, 
who  tried  to  put  upon  the  king  of  England  the 
blame  of  preventing  the  crusade,  he  declared  himself 
ready  to  undertake  the  crusade,  on  condition  that, 
on  his  return,  he  did  him  justice. 

But  the  king  of  France,  who  endeavoured  in  all 
ways  that  he  could  to  injure  the  king  of  England 
and  all  his  subjects,  that  he  might  keep  what  he 
unjustly  withheld  and  conquer  more  from  him,  would 


AID  TO  THE  SCOTS.  47 

not  accept  any  of  these  offers,  but  seeking  occasion 
to  injure  him,  gave  aid  and  maintenance  to  the 
Scots,  the  enemies  of  the  king  of  England,  trying 
to  prevent  him,  by  the  Scotch  war,  from  seeking 
his  rights  elsewhere. 

Also,  then,  from  respect  to  the  king  of  France 
and  at  his  request,  the  king  of  England  granted 
to  the  Scots  a  cessation  of  the  war  and  a  truce, 
with  hope  of  bringing  about  the  peace  ; 

But,  during  the  truce,  the  Scots  killed  the  earl 
of  Athol  and  others,  and  took  many  nobles  faithful 
to  the  king  of  England,  and  besieged  and  took 
castles  and  other  places  from  the  king  and  his 
subjects  ; 

And,  recently,  at  his  request,  he  offered  to  the 
Scots  a  truce  for  four  or  five  years,  on  condition 
that  they  restored  what  they  had  taken  during  the 
former  truce,  in  order  that  the  crusade  might  take 
place  in  the  meantime  ; 

To  which  restoration  the  king  of  France  would 
not  consent,  but  supported  the  Scots  in  their  malice 
with  all  his  power,  and  made  open  war  without  just 
cause  on  the  king  of  England,  and  sent  to  sea  his 
galleys  and  navy  which  he  had  prepared  under 
pretence  of  the  crusade,  with  a  great  number  of 
armed  men,  to  destroy  the  navy  and  subjects  of  the 
king  of  England  ; 

Which  men  have  taken  in  war  and  spoiled  many 
ships  of  England  and  killed  and  taken  the  men  who 
were  in  them,  and  have  landed  in  England  and  the 
islands  of  the  king  of  England,  committing  arson, 


48  OVERTURES  REJECTED. 


rimes, 


homicide,     robberies,    and    other    horrible    crimes 
according  to  their  power. 

Also  then  the  king  of  England  by  the  counsel  and 
advice  of  the  magnates  and  wise  men  of  the  realm, 
wishing  to  prevent  the  war  if  possible,  sent  solemn 
messages  to  the  king  of  France,  to  offer  him  all  he 
could  without  great  disherison,  to  obtain  peace  ; 

But  the  king  of  France,  hardened  in  his  malice, 
would  not  suffer  these  messages  to  be  brought  to 
him,  nor  consent  to  peace  or  negotiations  for  peace  ; 
but  sent  a  great  and  strong  army  to  take  into  his 
hands  by  force  the  duchy  before  mentioned  ; 
declaring,  untruly,  that  the  duchy  was  forfeited  ; 

Which  army  did  great  evils  in  the  duchy,  besieging 
and  taking  castles  and  towns  as  far  as  they  could. 

Also  the  king  of  France,  to  cover  his  malice, 
did  try  to  misinform  the  pope  and  the  other  great 
men  of  Christendom  with  regard  to  the  king  of 
England  ;  aiming  at  conquering,  as  far  he  can, 
not  only  that  duchy,  but  all  the  lands  of  the  king 
of  England. 

These  proposals  and  others  the  king  of  England 
and  his  council  could  think  of,  have  been  made 
to  the  king  of  France  to  secure  peace,  and  if 
any  man  can  find  any  other  fitting  way,  he  will 
be  bound  and  ready  to  accept  it. 

1337. — How    Jacques    d'Artevelde     governed    all 
Flanders. 

Froissart,  ch.  29  (i.  §  59).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  25. 
(The  immediate  cause  of  the  rising  in  Ghent  was  the  wool- 


ARTEVELDE.  49 

famine,  due  to  the  count's  hostility  to  England.  The  aristocratic 
canon  of  Liege,  Jehan  le  Bel,  is  strongly  prejudiced  against  the 
popular  leader,  and  thus  the  following  account  is  full  of  mis- 
representation.) 

In  this  season  there  was  great  discord  between 
the  earl  of  Flanders  and  the  Flemings,  for  they 
would  not  obey  him  ;  and  he  durst  not  abide  in 
Flanders  but  in  great  peril.  And  in  the  town  of 
Ghent  there  was  a  man,  a  maker  of  honey,  called 
Jacques  d'Artevelde.  He  was  entered  into  such 
fortune  and  grace  of  the  people  that  all  things 
were  done  that  he  did  devise  ;  he  might  command 
what  he  would  through  all  Flanders,  for  there  was 
no  man,  though  he  were  never  so  great,  that  durst 
disobey  his  commandment.  He  had  always  going 
with  him  up  and  down  in  Ghent  sixty  or  four  score 
varlets  armed,  and  among  them  there  were  three  or 
four  that  knew  the  secrets  of  his  mind.  So  that  if  he 
met  a  person  that  he  hated  or  had  in  suspicion, 
immediately  he  was  slain.  For  he  had  commanded 
his  secret  varlets  that  wheresoever  he  met  any 
person  and  made  such  a  sign  to  them,  that  imme- 
diately they  should  slay  him  whatsoever  he  were, 
without  any  words  or  reasoning.  And  by  that 
means  he  made  many  to  be  slain,  whereby  he  was 
so  dreaded  that  none  durst  speak  against  anything 
that  he  willed  to  be  done  ;  so  that  every  man  was 
glad  to  make  him  good  cheer.  And  these  varlets 
when  they  had  brought  him  home  to  his  house, 
then  they  should  go  to  dinner  where  they  list ;  and 
after  dinner  return  again  into  the  street  before  his 


50  HIS  POWER. 


ind   to 


lodging,  and  there  abide  till  he  come  out  and 
wait  on  him  till  supper  time.  These  soldiers  had 
each  of  them  four  Flemish  groats  by  the  day,  and 
were  paid  truly  weekly.  Thus  he  had  in  every  town 
soldiers  and  servants  at  his  wages  ready  to  do  his 
commandment,  and  to  espy  if  there  were  any  person 
that  would  rebel  against  his  mind,  and  to  inform 
him  thereof.  And  as  soon  as  he  knew  any  such 
he  would  never  cease  till  they  were  banished  or 
slain  without  respite.  All  such  great  men,  as  knights, 
squires,  or  burgesses  of  good  towns,  as  he  thought 
favourable  to  the  earl  in  any  manner,  he  banished 
them  out  of  Flanders  ;  and  he  would  levy  the  moiety  of 
their  lands  to  his  own  use,  and  leave  the  other  half 
to  their  wives  and  children.  Such  as  were  banished, 
of  whom  there  were  a  great  number,  abode  at  Saint 
Omer.  To  speak  properly,  there  was  never  in 
Flanders,  nor  in  none  other  country,  prince,  duke, 
nor  other,  that  ruled  a  country  so  peaceably,  so 
long  as  this  Jacques  d'Artevelde  did  rule  Flanders. 
He  levied  the  rents,  winages,  and  rights  that  per- 
tained to  the  earl  throughout  all  Flanders,  and 
spent  all  at  his  pleasure  without  any  account  making. 
And  when  he  would  say  that  he  lacked  money  they 
believed  him,  and  so  it  behoved  them  to  do,  for 
none  durst  say  against  him.  When  he  would  borrow 
anything  of  any  burgess,  there  was  none  durst  say 
him  nay. 

Now  the  English  Ambassadors  kept  an  honourable 
estate  at  the  town  of  Valenciennes.  They  thought 
it  should  be  a  great  comfort  to  the  king,  their  lord, 


ENGLISH  ENVOYS  IN  FLANDERS.  5  I 

if  they  might  get  the  Flemings  to  take  their  part. 
Then  they  took  counsel  of  the  earl  (of  Hainault)  in 
that  matter  and  he  answered  that  truly  it  should  be 
one  of  the  greatest  aids  that  they  could  have.  But  he 
said  he  thought  their  labour  could  not  prevail  without 
they  get  first  the  goodwill  of  Jacques  d'Artevelde. 
Then  they  said  they  would  essay  what  they  could  do  ; 
and  so,  thereupon,  they  departed  from  Valenciennes 
and  went  into  Flanders,  and  departed  into  three 
or  four  companies.  Some  went  to  Bruges,  some 
to  Ypres,  and  some  to  Ghent.  And  all  kept  such 
state  and  spent  so  much  that  it  seemed  that  silver 
and  gold  fell  out  of  their  hands ;  and  they  made  many 
great  promises  and  offers  to  them  that  they  spake 
to  for  that  matter.  And  the  bishop,  with  a  certain 
man  with  him,  went  to  Ghent,  and  he  did  so  much, 
what  with  fair  words  and  otherwise,  that  he  got 
the  accord  of  Jaques  d'Artevelde.  And  he  got 
great  grace  in  the  town,  and  specially  of  an  old 
knight  that  dwelt  in  Ghent,  who  was  there  right 
well  beloved,  called  the  lord  of  Courtraisen,  a 
knight  banneret,  reputed  for  a  hardy  knight,  who 
had  always  served  truly  his  lords.  This  knight 
did  much  honour  to  the  Englishmen,  as  a  valiant 
knight  ought  to  do  to  all  strangers.  Of  this  he 
was  accused  to  the  French  king,  who  immediately 
sent  a  strait  commandment  to  the  earl  of  Flanders 
that  he  should  send  for  this  said  knight,  and  as 
soon  as  he  had  him  to  strike  oft"  his  head.  The 
earl,  who  durst  not  break  the  King's  command- 
ment, did  so  much  that  this  knight  came  to  him 


52  FLANDERS  AND  EDWARD. 


at  his  sending  as  one  that  thought  no  evil,  and  at 
once  he  was  taken  and  his  head  struck  off;  whereof 
many  folks  were  sorry  and  were  sore  displeased  with 
the  Count,  for  he  was  well  beloved  with  the  lords 
of  the  country.  These  English  lords  did  so  much 
that  Jacques  d'Artevelde  divers  times  had  together 
the  councils  of  the  good  towns  to  speak  of  the 
business  that  these  lords  of  England  desired,  and 
of  the  franchises  and  amities  that  they  offered  them 
in  the  king  of  England's  behalf.  So  often  they 
spake  of  this  matter,  that  finally  they  agreed  that 
the  king  of  England  might  come  and  go  into 
Flanders  at  his  pleasure.  Howbeit,  they  said  they 
were  so  sore  bound  to  the  French  king  that  they 
might  not  enter  into  the  realm  of  France  to  make 
any  war. 

1337,  Nov.  11. -Of  the  battle  of  Cadsand  between 
the  Englishmen  and  the  Frenchmen. 

Froissart,  ch.  30-1  (i.  §  63). 

(Although  no  formal  declaration  of  war  between  Edward  and 
Philip  of  Valois  had  yet  been  made,  the  French  fleet  attacked 
Portsmouth,  and  the  English  attacked  Cadsand.) 

In  this  season  there  were  in  the  isle  of  Cadsand 
certain  knights  and  squires  of  Flanders  in  garrison. 
.  .  They  kept  that  passage  against  the  English- 
men and  made  covert  war.  And  when  Edward  heard 
of  the  garrison  of  Cadsand,  he  said  he  would  provide 
for  them  shortly.  And  anon  after,  he  ordained  the 
earl  of  Derby,  sir  Walter  Manny,  and  divers  other 
knights  and  squires  with  five  hundred  men  of  arms 


BATTLE  OF  CADS  AND.  53 

and  two  thousand  archers,  and  they  took  shipping 
at  London  in  the  river  Thames.  The  first  tide 
they  went  to  Gravesend,  the  next  day  to  Margate, 
and  at  the  third  tide  they  took  the  sea  and  sailed 
into  Flanders.  So  they  apparelled  themselves  and 
came  near  to  Cadsand. 

When  the  Englishmen  saw  the  town  of  Cadsand 
before  them,  they  made  them  ready,  and  had  wind 
and  tide  to  serve  them.  And  so  in  the  name  of 
God  and  Saint  George  they  approached,  and  blew 
up  their  trumpets,  and  set  their  archers  before  them, 
and  sailed  toward  the  town.  They  of  Cadsand  saw 
well  this  great  ship  approach.  They  knew  well 
they  were  Englishmen,  and  arranged  themselves  on 
the  dykes  and  on  the  sands  with  their  banners  before 
them ;  and  they  made  sixteen  new  knights.  They 
were  five  thousand  men  of  war,  good  knights  and 
squires.  There  was  sir  Guy  of  Flanders,  a  good 
and  a  sure  knight,  but  he  was  a  bastard,  and  he 
desired  all  his  company  to  do  well  their  devoir. 
The  Englishmen  were  desirous  to  assail  and  the 
Flemings  to  defend.  The  English  archers  began 
to  shout  and  cried  their  cries,  so  that  such  as  kept 
the  passage  were  fain  perforce  to  recoil  back.  At 
this  first  assault  there  were  divers  sore  hurt,  and 
the  Englishmen  took  land  and  came  and  fought 
hand  to  hand.  The  Flemings  fought  valiantly  to 
defend  the  passage,  and  the  Englishmen  assaulted 
chivalrously.  The  earl  of  Derby  was  that  day  a 
good  knight  ;  and  at  the  first  assault  he  was  so 
forward  that  he  was  striken  to  the  earth.  And  then 


54  ENGLISH  VICTORY. 


the  lord  of  Manny  did  him  great  comfort,  for  by 
pure  feat  of  arms  he  raised  him  up  again  and  brought 
him  out  of  peril,  and  cried,  "Lancaster!  for  the  earl 
of  Derby ! "  Then  they  approached  on  every  part 
and  many  were  hurt,  but  more  of  the  Flemings  than 
the  Englishmen,  for  the  archers  shot  so  wholly 
together  that  they  did  the  Flemings  much  damage. 
Thus  in  the  haven  of  Cadsand  there  was  a  sore 
battle  ;  for  the  Flemings  were  good  men  of  war, 
chosen  out  by  the  earl  of  Flanders  to  defend 

that  passage  against  the  Englishmen 

There  was  a'  sore  battle  and  well  fought,  hand 
to  hand,  but  finally  the  Flemings  were  put  to  the 
chase  and  were  slain  more  than  three  thousand, 
what  in  the  haven,  streets,  and  houses.  Sir  Guy, 
the  bastard  of  Flanders,  was  taken,  and  sir  Dutres 
of  Hallwyn  and  sir  John  of  Rhodes  were  slain, 
and  the  two  brethren  of  Bonquedent,  and  sir  Giles 
de  L'Etriefe,  and  more  than  twenty-six  knights  and 
squires.  And  the  town  was  taken,  pillaged,  and 
all  the  goods  and  prisoners  put  into  the  ships  and 
the  town  burnt.  And  so  thus  the  Englishmen 
returned  into  England  without  any  damage.  The 
King  caused  sir  Guy,  bastard  of  Flanders,  to  swear 
and  to  bind  himself  prisoner.  And  in  the  same 
year  he  became  English,  and  did  faith  and  homage 
to  the  King  of  England. 

1338.— How  Black  Agnes  defended  Dunbar. 

Chronicle  of  Lanercost,  295-298. 
(The  siege  of  Dunbar  was  the  last  great   effort  of  Edward 


BLACK  AGNES.  55 

in  Scotland  ;  after  five  months  it  had  to  be  abandoned,  and 
Edward  henceforth  directed  his  efforts  chiefly  against  France). 

The  king  sent  the  lord  William  of  Montague,  earl 
of  Salisbury,  the  earl  of  Gloucester,  the  earl  of 
Derby,  three  barons,  Percy,  Neville,  and  Stafford, 
and  the  earl  of  Riddesdale,  with  twenty  thousand 
men,  into  Scotland,  to  join  the  Scotch  king  (Balliol), 
ordering  them  vigorously  to  besiege  the  castle  of 
Dunbar,  which  annoyed  and  troubled  the  whole 
land  of  Lothian.  So  the  castle  was  besieged  with- 
out intermission,  and  those  within  were  surrounded 
with  a  deep  ditch  that  they  should  not  escape,  and 
wooden  houses  were  made  in  front  of  the  gate,  and 
tents  were  erected  in  which  the  more  noble  of  the 

army  dwelt But  the  castle  defended 

itself  manfully  ;  for  the  countess  of  March,  who  was 
the  chief  warden  of  the  castle,  was  the  sister  of  the 
earl  of  Moray,  who  had  been  taken  prisoner  in 
Scotland  and  taken  to  England  to  the  castle  of 

Nottingham    and    there    imprisoned 

After  Easter,  this  earl  was  taken  back  to  Scotland 
to  Dunbar,  to  see  if  the  countess,  his  sister,  would 
give  up  the  castle  to  save  his  life  ;  but  she  replied 
that  it  was  her  lord's  castle  and  given  her  to  guard, 
nor  would  she  yield  it  to  any  save  at  his  com- 
mand ;  and  when  those  who  were  besieging  her 
said  that  then  her  brother  should  die,  she  replied, 
"  If  you  do  that,  then  I  shall  be  heir  of  the  earldom 
of  Moray,"  for  her  brother  had  no  children.  How- 
ever, the  English  did  not  like  to  do  what  they  had 
threatened,  but  preferred  to  take  him  back  to  Eng- 


56  SIEGE  OF  DUNBAR. 

land  and  keep  him  in  prison,  as  before 

And  then  because  the  king  wished  to  cross  the  sea, 
the  lord  William  of  Montague  and  the  other  earls 
who  were  with  him  at  the  siege  of  Dunbar,  unwilling 
that  he  should  go  to  any  peril  without  them,  gave 
truce  to  those  who  were  in  the  castle,  on  condition 
that  during  the  truce  no  change  should  be  made 
around  or  within  the  castle,  or  in  the  houses  that 
the  English  had  made  outside,  although  this  could 
not  afterwards  be  observed. 

(The  Scotch  rhyming  chronicler,  Andrew  of  Wyntown,  tells 
how  Montague  had  made 

"  a  mickel  and  right  stalwart  engine," 

and  "warped*  at  the  walls  great  stones," 

but  all  in  vain, 
"  And  also  when  they  casten  had, 

With  a  towel  a  damosel 

Arrayed  jolily  f  and  well 

Wiped  the  wall  that  they  might  see 

To  make  them  more  annoyed  be."     11.  4859,  sqq.) 

1338.— How  Edward  crossed  the  sea  and  was  made 
Vicar  of  the  Empire. 

Knighton,  2571-2. 

Then  was  made  a  truce  between  England  and 
Scotland  to  last  for  one  year,  and  the  siege  of 
Dunbar  was  raised.  King  Edward  meanwhile  sent 
beyond  sea  the  lord  William  Bohun,  earl  of  North- 
ampton, and  the  lord  Geoffrey  Scrope  the  chief 
justice  of  England  and  many  others  who  landed  at 
Antwerp  in  Brabant.  On  the  day  of  the  Translation 
*  Threw.  f  Prettily. 


EDWARD  AT  COBLENZ.  57 

of  S.  Thomas,  when  all  had  been  arranged  and 
provided  for  the  passage,  the  king  put  to  sea  with  a 
great  force,  having  with  him  the  earls  and  magnates 
of  the  realm,  such  as  the  earls  of  Derby,  of  Salisbury, 
and  Norfolk,  and  many  nobles  with  them,  and  a  great 
multitude  of  archers  and  Welsh  :  and  he  landed  at 
Antwerp  to  join  his  wife  and  sons,  on  the  feast  of  S. 
Kenelm.  The  Flemings  rejoiced  at  his  arrival  and 
promised  their  aid  :  for  he  had  given  them  satisfaction 
in  the  matter  of  certain  ships  that  the  English  had 

taken  from  them  and  destroyed And 

when  the  king  had  come  into  those  parts  he  found 
none  in  whom  he  could  trust,  so  that  he  told  the 
bishop  of  Lincoln  and  his  other  councillors  that  he 
had  been  ill  advised.  With  headstrong  course  he 
pursued  his  way  for  eight  days  to  Cologne  to  the 
duke  of  Bavaria,  who  had  made  himself  emperor  and 
dwelt  in  High  Germany.*  When  the  emperor  heard 
of  the  coming  of  king  Edward,  he  came  to  meet  him, 
journeying  for  four  days  to  a  certain  town  of  the  name 
of  Coblenz,  and  there  he  received  the  king  with 
great  honour.  One  chair  was  prepared  for  the 
emperor,  one  for  the  king,  richly  decked  in  the 
market  place  out-of-doors  ;  there  sat  the  emperor  and 
king  Edward  beside  him  ;  and  there  were  with  them 
four  dukes,  three  archbishops,  and  six  bishops,  and 
thirty-seven  earls,  and  of  barons,  bannerets,  knights, 
and  other  comers  according  to  the  reckoning  of  the 
heralds  seventeen  thousand.  The  emperor  held  in 
his  right  hand  the  imperial  sceptre,  and  in  his  left 
*  See  Appendix. 


58  VICAR  OF  THE  EMPIRE. 

hand  a  round  gold  ball,  which  signifies  the  rule  of 
the  whole  world  ;  while  over  his  head  a  knight  held 
an  unsheathed  sword.  There  in  the  presence  of  the 
assembled  people  the  emperor  declared  the  unna- 
turalness,  disobedience,  and  depravity  that  the  king 
of  France  had  shewn  towards  him  ;  defied  the  king 
of  France  ;  and  declared  him  and  all  his  adherents 
under  forfeiture.  Then  the  emperor  made  king 
Edward  his  vicar,  and  gave  him  full  power  in  his 
stead  from  Cologne  to  the  sea ;  and  in  addition  gave 
him  a  charter  in  the  sight  of  all  the  people.  On  the 
morrow  there  came  together  at  the  mother-church  the 
emperor  and  the  king  of  England  with  the  rest  of  the 
magnates  and  the  archbishops,  and  they  celebrated 
mass,  and  immediately  after  mass  both  the  emperor  and 
all  the  other  magnates  swore  that  they  would  help  and 
support  him  against  the  king  of  France,  to  live  and 
to  die,  for  the  next  seven  years  following,  supposing 
that  war  between  the  said  kings  should  last  so  long. 
And  likewise  they  all  swore  to  the  king  of  England 
that  all  the  princes  from  Cologne  to  the  sea  would 
speedily  join  the  king  of  England,  and  be  always 
ready  to  march  at  any  time  that  they  were  summoned, 
against  the  king  of  France,  either  in  his  company  or 
when  he  should  appoint.  And  if  it  should  happen 
that  any  of  them  did  no>t  obey  the  king  of  England 
in  the  foregoing,  all  the  other  princes  of  high  Ger- 
many would  rise  against  him  and  destroy  him.  These 
treaties  having  been  made,  the  king  took  leave  of  the 
emperor  and  returned  to  Brabant. 


FIRST  INVASION  OF  FRANCE.  59 

1339.— How  the   king-  of  England   and  the  French 
king1  appointed  a  day  to  fight  together. 

Froissart,  ch.  40-2  (i.  §§  84-88). 

(The  greater  part  of  the  year  was  occupied  with  negotiations 
with  the  German  princes  and  with  the  pope,  who  urged  Edward 
to  dissolve  his  alliance  with  the  excommunicated  emperor,  Louis 
of  Bavaria.  In  the  autumn,  the  king  brought  together  his  allies, 
and  made  his  first  attempt  on  France,  crossing  the  Oise,  and 
meeting  the  French  army  near  S.  Quentin.) 

Thus  these  two  kings  were  lodged  between  Buiron- 
fosse  and  Flamengery  in  the  plain  fields  without 
any  advantage.  I  think  there  was  never  seen  before 
so  goodly  an  assembly  of  noble  men  together,  as 
was  there.  When  the  king  of  England,  being  in 
the  chapel  of  Tierache,  knew  how  that  king  Philip 
\vas  within  two  leagues,  then  he  called  the  lords 
of  his  host  together,  and  demanded  of  them  what 
he  should  do,  his  honour  saved,  for  he  said  that 
his  intention  was  to  give  battle.  Then  the  lords 
beheld  each  other,  and  they  desired  the  duke  of 
Brabant  to  show  first  his  intent ;  the  duke  said, 
that  he  agreed  that  they  should  give  battle,  for 
otherwise,  he  said,  they  could  not  depart  saving 
their  honours  ;  wherefore  he  counselled  that  they 
should  send  heralds  to  the  French  king  to  demand 
a  day  of  battle.  Then  a  herald  of  the  duke  of 
Gueldres,  who  knew  well  the  language  of  French, 
was  informed  what  he  should  say  and  so  he  rode 
till  he  came  into  the  French  host ;  and  then  he 
drew  him  to  king  Philip  and  to  his  council,  and 
said  :  "  Sir,  the  king  of  England  is  in  the  field  and 
desireth  to  have  battle,  power  against  power  "  ;  the 


6o  AN  AD  VENTURE. 

which  thing  king  Philip  granted  and  took  the  day, 
the  Friday  next  after ;  and  then  it  was  Wednesday. 
And  so  the  herald  returned,  well  rewarded  with 
good  furred  gowns  given  him  by  the  French  king 
and  other  lords  because  of  the  tidings  that  he 
brought.  So  thus  the  day  was  agreed  upon,  and 
knowledge  was  made  thereof  to  all  the  lords  of 
both  the  hosts,  and  so  every  man  made  him  ready 
to  the  matter.  The  Thursday  in  the  morning  there 
were  two  knights  of  the  earl  of  Hainault's,  the 
lord  Faguinelles  and  the  lord  of  Tupeney,  they 
mounted  on  their  horses,  and  they  two  all  alone 
departed  from  the  French  host,  and  rode  to  view 
the  English  host ;  so  they  rode  coasting  the  host, 
and  it  fortuned  that  the  lord  of  Faguinelles'  horse 
took  the  bridle  in  the  teeth  in  such  wise  that  his 
master  could  not  rule  him  ;  and  so,  whether  he 
would  or  not,  the  horse  .  brought  him  into  the 
English  host,  and  there  he  fell  in  the  hands  of 
the  Germans,  who  perceived  well  that  he  was  none 
of  their  company,  and  set  on  him,  and  took  him 
and  his  horse ;  and  so  he  was  prisoner  to  five  or  six 
gentlemen  of  Germany ;  and  anon  they  set  him 
to  his  ransom.  And  when  they  understood  that 
he  was  a  Hainaulter,  they  demanded  of  him  if  he 
knew  sir  John  of  Hainault,  and  he  answered  "  Yes" 
and  desired  them  for  the  love  of  God  to  bring 
him  to  his  presence,  for  he  knew  well  that  he  would 
pay  his  ransom  for  him  ;  thereof  were  the  Germans 
joyous,  and  so  brought  him  to  the  lord  Beaumont, 
who  immediately  did  pledge  him  out  from  his 


KNIGHTS  OF  THE  HARE.  61 

masters'  hands  ;  and  the  lord  of  Faguinelles  returned 
again  to  the  earl  of  Hainault,  and  he  had  his  horse 
again  delivered   to   him   at  the  request  of  the   lord 
Beaumont.     Thus  passed  that  day,  and  none  other 
thing  done  that  ought  to  be  remembered. 

When  the  Friday  came,  in  the  morning  both  hosts 
apparelled  themselves  ready,   and  every  lord  heard 
mass  among  their  own  companies,  and  divers  were 
shriven.      .....      It  might  well  be  marvelled, 

how  so  goodly  a  sight  of  men  of  war  so  near  together 
should  depart  without  battle.  But  the  Frenchmen 
were  not  all  of  one  accord  ;  they  were  of  divers 
opinions  ;  some  said  it  were  a  great  shame  an  they 
fought  not,  seeing  their  enemies  so  near  them  in 
their  own  country,  ranged  in  the  field,  and  also  had 
promised  to  fight  with  them  ;  and  some  other  said  it 
should  be  a  great  folly  to  fight,  for  it  was  hard  to 
know  every  man's  mind,  and  jeopardy  of  treason  : 
for,  they  said,  if  fortune  were  contrary  to  their  king, 
as  to  lose  the  field,  he  then  should  put  his  whole 
realm  in  a  jeopardy  to  be  lost ;  and  even  if  he  did 
discomfort  his  enemies,  yet,  for  all  that,  he  should 
be  never  the  nearer  of  the  realm  of  England,  nor  of 
such  lands  pertaining  to  any  of  those  lords  that  be 
with  him  allied.  Thus  in  striving  of  divers  opinions 
the  day  passed,  till  it  was  past  noon  ;  and  then 
suddenly  there  started  a  hare  among  the  Frenchmen  ; 
and  such  as  saw  her  cried  and  made  great  noise, 
whereby  such  as  were  behind  thought  they  before  had 
been  fighting,  and  so  put  on  their  helms  and  took 
their  spears  in  their  hands,  and  so  there  were  made 


62  PHILIP  REFUSES  BATTLE. 


divers  new  knights,  and  especially  the  earl  of  Hainault 
made  thirteen,  who  were  ever  after  called  knights  of 
the  hare.  Thus  that  battle  stood  still  all  that  Friday  ; 
and  besides  this  strife  between  the  councillors  of 
France,  there  were  brought  in  letters  to  the  host  of 
recommendation  to  the  French  king  and  to  his 
council  from  king  Robert  of  Sicily,  the  which  king, 
as  it  was  said,  was  a  great  astronomer,  and  full  of 
great  science.  He  had  often  times  sought  his  books 
on  the  estate  of  the  kings  of  England  and  of  France, 
and  he  found  by  his  astrology  and  by  the  influence 
of  the  heavens,  that  if  the  French  king  ever  fought 
with  king  Edward  of  England,  he  should  be  discom- 
forted ;  wherefore  he,  like  a  king  of  great  wisdom 
and  as  he  that  doubted  the  peril  of  the  French  king 
his  cousin,  sent  often  times  letters  to  king  Philip  and 
to  his  council,  that  in  no  wise  he  should  make  any 
battle  against  the  Englishmen,  where  king  Edward 
was  personally  present.  So  that,  what  with  doubt 
and  with  such  writing  from  the  king  of  Sicily,  divers 
of  the  great  lords  of  France  were  sore  abashed  ;  and 
also  king  Philip  was  informed  thereof.  Howbeit, 
yet  he  had  great  will  to  give  battle  ;  but  he  was  so 
counselled  to  the  contrary,  that  the  day  passed  with- 
out battle  and  every  man  withdrew  to  their  lodgings. 
And  when  the  earl  of  Hainault  saw  that  they  would 
not  fight  he  departed  with  all  his  whole  company, 
and  went  back  the  same  night  to  Quesnoy.  And 
the  king  of  England,  the  duke  of  Brabant,  and  all 
the  other  lords  retired,  and  trussed  all  their  baggages 
a.nd  went  the  same  night  to  Davesnes,  in  Hainault. 


ADVICE  OF  THE  FLEMINGS.  63 

And  the  next  day  they  took  leave  each  of  other  ;  and 
the  Germans  and  the  Brabanters  departed,  and  the 
king  went  into  Brabant  with  the  duke  his  cousin. 

1340,   Jan.— How  king    Edward    took    on    him   to 

bear    the    arms    of  France,    and    the   name   to   be 

called   king  thereof. 

Froissart,  ch.  43  (i.  §§  88-90).     Jehanle  Bel,  ch.  33. 

Then  the  king  of  England  was  sore  desired  of 
all  his  allies  in  the  empire  that  he  should  require 
them  of  Flanders  to  aid  and  to  maintain  his  war, 
and  to  defy  the  French  king,  and  to  go  with  him 
where  he  would  have  them  ;  and  that,  on  their 
so  doing,  he  should  promise  them  to  recover  Lille, 
Douay,  and  Bethtme.*  This  request  was  well  heard 
of  the  Flemings,  and  thereupon  they  desired  to 
take  counsel  among  themselves.  And  so  they  took 
counsel  at  good  leisure,  and  then  they  said  to  the 
king,  "  Sir,  ere  this  time  ye  have  made  to  us 
request  in  this  behalf.  Sir,  if  we  might  well  do 
this,  saving  your  honour,  and  to  save  ourselves,  we 
would  gladly  do  it.  But,  sir,  we  be  bound  by 
faith  and  oath,  and  on  the  sum  of  two  million  florins 
in  the  pope's  chamber,  that  we  may  make  or  move 
no  war  against  the  king  of  France,  on  pain  to 
lose  the  said  sum  and  beside  that  to  run  in  danger 
of  the  sentence  of  cursing.  But,  sir,  if  you  will 
take  on  you  the  arms  of  France  and  quarter  them 
with  the  arms  of  England,  and  call  yourself  king 

*  Yielded  to  the  king  of  France  by  the  "  Iniquitous  Treaty  " 
of  1305. 

5 


64  EDWARD,  KING  OF  FRANCE. 

of  France,  as  you  ought  to  be  of  right,  then  we 
will  take  you  for  rightful  king  of  France  and  demand 
of  you  quittance  of  our  bonds ;  emd  so  you  will  give 
us  pardon  thereof,  as  king  of  France.  By  this 
means  we  shall  be  assured  and  acquitted  withal, 
and  so  then  we  will  go  with  you  whithersoever  you 
will  have  us."  Then  the  king  took  counsel,  for 
he  thought  it  was  a  sore  matter  to  take  on  him 
the  arms  of  France  and  the  name,  while,  as  then, 
he  had  conquered  nothing  thereof,  nor  could  not 
tell  what  should  fall  thereof  nor  whether  he  should 
conquer  it  or  not.  And,  on  the  other  side,  loth  he 
was  to 'refuse  the  comfort  and  aid  of  the  Flemings, 
who  might  do  him  more  aid  than  any  other.  So 
the  king  took  counsel  of  the  lords  of  the  empire 
and  of  the  lord  Robert  of  Artois,  and  with  other 
of  his  special  friends,  and  so  that  finally,  the  good 
and  the  evil  weighed,  he  answered  to  the  Flemings, 
that  if  they  would  swear  and  seal  to  this  agreement, 
and  promise  to  maintain  his  war,  he  would  do  all 
this  with  a  good  will,  and  promised  to  get  them 
again  Lille,  Douay,  and  Bethune.  And  they  all 
answered  that  they  were  content.  Then  there  was 
a  day  assigned  to  meet  at  Ghent,  at  the  which 
day  the  King  was  there,  and  the  most  part  of  the 
said  lords,  and  all  the  councils  generally  in  Flanders. 
And  so  then  all  these  said  matters  were  rehearsed, 
sworn,  and  sealed ;  and  the  king  quartered  the 
arms  of  France  with  England,  and  from  thenceforth 
took  on  him  the  name  of  the  king  of  France  and 
so  continued  till  he  left  it  again  by  composition. 


COLLEGE  LIFE  AT  OXFORD.  65 

Thus  every  man  departed  and  went  home.  The 
king  of  England  went  to  Antwerp,  and  the  queen 
abode  still  at  Ghent,  and  was  oftentimes  visited 
by  Jacques  d'Artevelde  and  by  other  lords,  ladies, 
and  damsels  of  Ghent. 

(Next  month  Edward  returned  to  England.) 

1339.— At  a  College  Meeting. 

Rogers,  History  of  Agriculture,  ii.  672. 

(At  Merton  College,  Oxford,  the  warden  and  fellows  were  bound 
to  meet  three  times  a  year  at  a  "scrutiny,"  wherein  each  gave 
his  opinion  on  the  condition  of  the  college.  Of  three  of  these 
meetings  some  rough  notes,  taken  by  one  who  was  present, 
have  been  preserved.) 

Middleton. — William  the  chaplain  has  often  insulted 
the  fellows. 

Handel. — It  would  be  well  if  the  senior  fellows  were 
summoned  to  make  peace  between  Wylie  and 
Finmer. 

Wtstcombe. — The  noise  the  fellows  make  in  their 
rooms. 

Humberstone.  —  The  quarrel  between  Wylie  and 
Finmer.  The  fellows  keep  dogs,  and  progress 
in  their  studies  is  prevented  by  idleness.  The 
statute  is  not  observed,  for  we  have  no  bursars. 
Also  it  would  be  well  if  the  land  in  Little 
Wolford  were  let  to  a  farmer. 

Finmer. — Wylie,  although  appointed  under  the  statute 
to  audit  accounts,  will  not  audit  them,  and 
though  thrice  summoned  and  again  called 
upon  by  the  fellows,  has  rebelliously  refused, 


66  THE  WARDEN  AND  THE  FELLOWS. 

and  so  falls  under  the  statute  ;  and  he  unjustly 
receives  better  commons,  and  they  who  ought 
to  proceed  against  him  are  too  remiss. 

Wanting. — The  warden  should  not  go  on  insulting 
the  senior  fellows  in  the  way  he  has  begun. 

Wj'h'e. — Somebody  should  be  sent  to  Stratton  to 
enquire  about  the  college  estates  and  other 
business. 

Lynham. — As  to  allaying  the  quarrels  among  the 
fellows. 

Sutton. — They  ought  to  have  a  keeper  of  pledges,* 
but  have  not,  and  there  is  a  deficit  ;  and  it  is 
said  that  some  books  are  sold,  without  the 
college  or  the  fellows  benefiting  by  it.  The 
warden  does  not  enforce  process  against  the 
debtors  of  the  college  and  especially  against 
the  bailiff  of  Elham  ;  and  Wanting  owes  the 
bailiff  of  Elham  seven  pounds  and  sixteen 
pence  which  belong  to  the  college,  and  as  he 
excuses  himself  from  all  other  business,  he 
ought  not  to  take  a  part  in  these  college 
meetings 

Handel  would  be  glad  if  a  volume  of  decrees  and 
of  decretals  were  placed  in  the  library  and 
if  the  books  of  the  college  were  arranged. 

Buckingham. — Wanting  has  sold  the  college  horses 
at  Elham,  and  has  kept  the  money  in  his 
hands,  and  has  rendered  no  account  nor  has 
the  bailiff.  .  .  .  There  should  not  be  a 
number  of  people  taking  notes  in  the  meeting. 

*  Deposited  with  the  college  by  students  to  whom  loans  had 
been  made. 


INSULTS  AND  ACCUSATIONS.  67 

Dumbleton. — Nothing. 

Monby. — Wylie  has  publicly,  in  the  presence  of  all 

the  fellows,  insulted  Finmer. 
Leverington. — The  seneschal  is  not  present  in  chapel 

on    saints'  days,   but   is  absent  for   the  most 

part. 


Wylie  begs  that  what  has  been  said  by  Elyndon 
and  Wanting  be  corrected,  and  recommends 
charity.  The  warden  should  correct  it,  espe- 
cially what  had  been  said  to  the  warden  in 
the  meeting,  and  above  all  what  Elyndon 
said,  that  the  reputations  of  some  of  the 
fellows  were  tarnished  ;  and  how  that  Durant 
accused  Wylie  of  planning  with  the  other 
seniors  to  prevent  the  election  of  a  fellow, 
and  that  he  had  this  from  those  who  were 
recently  in  London. 

Middle  ton. — Elham  is  in  fault  as  to  the  breaking 
of  the  hall  door.  We  ought  to  have  a  mill 
at  Seaton. 

Handel.  —  This  opportunity  should  be  taken  of 
restoring  peace.  The  juniors  should  show 
reverence  to  the  seniors,  and  everyone  should 
be  enjoined  publicly  to  observe  charity,  and 
each  should  try  to  bring  this  about  as  far 
as  he  can. 

Humberstone. — The  warden  ought  by  statute  to  get  the 
help  of  some  of  the  fellows  who  are  impartial 
to  put  an  end  to  the  quarrel  between  Wylie 
and  Finmer,  Wanting  has  behaved  disre- 


68  SE  YEN  KINDS  OF  MONE  Y. 

spectfully   towards    the    warden    by   publicly 
addressing  him  as  Robert. 

1340. — A  Lesson  on  Usury. 

Ayeribite  of  Inwyt  (Remorse  of  Conscience),  ed.  Early  English 

Text  Society,  p.  35. 

(The  two  following  extracts  are  most  valuable  illustrations  of 
the  teaching  of  the  pulpit  and  confessional.  The  direct  payment 
of  interest  was  illegal.) 

There  are  seven  kinds  of  usury.  The  first  is 
lending  that  lendeth  silver  for  other  things,  where 
over  and  above  the  capital  sum  the  lender  taketh 
the  profits  either  in  pence,  or  in  horses,  or  in  corn, 
or  in  wine,  or  in  fruits  of  the  ground  that  he  taketh 
in  mortgage,  without  reckoning  these  profits  as  part- 
payment.  And  what  is  worse,  he  will  reckon  twice, 
or  even  thrice  in  the  year  in  order  to  raise  the 
rate  of  usury,  and  yet  he  hath  gifts  as  well  for  each 
term ;  and  he  maketh  often  of  the  usury  a  principal 
debt.  These  are  usuries  evil  and  foul.  The 
courteous  lender  is  he  that  lendeth  without  always 
making  bargains  for  profit,  either  in  pence,  or  in 
horses,  or  in  cups  of  gold,  or  in  silver,  or  in  robes, 
or  in  tuns  of  wine,  or  in  fat  swine,  or  in  services 
of  horses  or  carts,  or  providings  for  himself  or 
his  children,  or  in  any  other  things  that  he  takes 
by  reason  of  the  loan.  This  is  the  first  manner  of 
usury,  that  is,  lending  wickedly.  The  other  manner 
of  usury  is  in  those  that  do  not  themselves  lend, 
but  that  which  their  fathers  or  the  fathers  of  their 
wives  or  their  elders  have  received  in  pledge  and 


THEIR  EVIL  RESULTS.  69 

they  inherit,  by  usury  they  retain  and  will  not  yield 
it  up.  The  third  manner  of  usury  is  in  them  that 
have  shame  to  lend  with  their  own  hand,  but  they 
lend  their  pence  through  their  servants  or  other 
men.  These  are  the  master  money-lenders.  Of 
such  sin  great  men  are  not  quit,  who  hold  and 
sustain  Jews  and  usurers  that  lend  and  destroy  the 
country ;  and  the  great  men  take  the  rewards  and 
the  great  gifts,  and  oftentimes  the  ransom-money 
of  the  goods  of  the  poor.  The  fourth  manner  is 
in  those  that  lend  with  other  men's  silver  that  they 
buy  at  small  cost  in  order  to  lend  at  a  greater. 
These  are  the  little  usurers  that  teach  so  much 
foul  craft.  The  fifth  manner  is  in  bargaining  when 
men  sell  a  thing,  whatsoever  it  is,  for  more  than 
it  is  worth  at  the  time.  And  what  is  worse,  is 
wicked]^'  selling  at  that  time  when  they  see  their 
wares  are  most  needed  ;  then  they  sell  the  thing 
for  twice  the  dearer,  or  thrice  as  much  as  the  thing- 
is  worth.  Such  folk  do  much  evil.  For  their 
bargaining  destroyeth  and  maketh  beggars  of  knights 
and  nobles  that  follow  tournaments.  And  they  take 
their  lands  and  their  heritage  in  pledge  and  mort- 
gage, from  which  they  never  acquit  them.  Others 
sin  in  buying  things,  as  corn,  or  wine,  or  other 
things,  for  less  than  half  the  pence  that  it  is  worth, 
and  then  they  sell  them  again  for  twice  as 
much,  or  thrice  the  dearer.  Others  buy  things 
when  they  are  least  worth  and  of  great  cheapness, 
as  corn  sold  in  harvest  time,  or  wine,  or  bargains, 
in  order  to  sell  them  again  whenever  they  are  most 


70  SEVEN  SINS  IN  TRADE. 

dear.  And  they  wish  for  a  dear  time  in  order  to 
sell  the  dearer.  Others  buy  corn  in  the  blade  and 
vines  in  the  flower,  when  they  are  of  fair-shewing 
and  good  forwardness,  that  they  may  have,  whatever 
befal,  their  wealth  safe.  The  sixth  manner  is  when 
they  give  their  pence  to  merchants  in  such  wise 
that  they  are  fellows  in  winning  but  not  in  losing. 

The  seventh  manner  is  in  those  that 

lend  their  poor  neighbours,  in  their  needs,  a  little 
silver,  or  corn,  or  do  them  a  little  courtesy.  And 
when  they  see  them  poor  and  needy,  then  they 
make  with  them  a  bargain  to  do  their  work,  and 
for  the  pence  they  have  before  given  to  the  poor 
man  or  the  corn  they  have  lent  him,  they  have 
three  pennyworth  of  work  for  one  penny. 

1340.— A  Lesson  on  Trade. 

AyenUte  of  Inwyt,  ed.  E.E.T.S.,  p.  44. 

The  eighth  bough  of  Avarice  is  chaffering,  wherein 
one  sinneth  in  many  ways,  for  worldly  winning; 
and,  namely,  in  seven  manners.  The  first  is  to 
sell  the  things  as  dear  as  one  may,  and  to  buy  as  good 
cheap  as  one  may.  The  next"  is  lying,  swearing, 
and  forswearing,  the  higher  to  sell  their  wares.  The 
third  manner  is  by  weights  and  measures,  and  that 
may  be  in  three  ways.  The  first  when  one  hath 
divers  weights  or  divers  measures,  and  buyeth  by 
the  greatest  weights  or  the  greatest  measures  and 
selleth  by  the  least.  The  other  manner  is  when 
one  hath  rightful  weights  and  rightful  measures  to 
sell  untruly,  as  do  the  taverners  that  fill  the  measure 


BUSINESS  TRICKS.  71 

with  scum.  The  third  manner  is  when  those  that 
sell  by  weight  contrive  that  the  thing  that  they 
weigh  showeth  more  heavy.  The  fourth  manner 
to  sin  in  chaffering  is  to  sell  to  time.  Of  this  we 
have  spoken  above.  The  fifth  manner  is  to  sell 
otherwise  than  one  hath  showed  before  ;  as  doth 
these  scriveners  that  showeth  good  letter  at  begin- 
ning and  after  do  badly.  The  sixth  is  to  hide 
the  truth  about  the  thing  that  one  will  sell ;  as  do 
the  dealers  of  horses.  The  seventh  is  to  contrive 
that  the  thing  one  selleth  maketh  for  to  show  better 
than  it  is  ;  as  do  the  sellers  of  cloth  that  choose 
dim  places  wherein  to  sell  their  cloth.  In  many 
other  manners  one  may  sin  in  chafferings,  but  long- 
thing  it  were  to  say. 

1340.— Here  beginneth  the  statute  made  at  West- 
minster in  the  14th  year  of  king  Edward  the  third. 

Public  General  Acts,  Anno  xiv.  Ed.  III. 

(In  order  to  obtain  supplies  for  the  war,  Edward  gave  his 
assent  to  several  reforming  statutes,  of  which  the  following  is 
the  most  important.  It  is  a  clearer  declaration  than  any  pre- 
viously made  of  the  principle  that  no  taxation  should  be  imposed 
except  by  the  consent  of  parliament.) 

Edward  by  the  grace  of  God,  etc.,  to  all  them 
etc.,  greeting.  Know  ye  that  whereas  the  prelates, 
earls,  barons,  and  commons  of  the  realm  of  England, 
in  our  present  parliament  holden  at  Westminster,  the 
Wednesday  next  after  the  Sunday  of  middle  Lent,  the 
1 4th  year  of  our  reign  of  England  and  the  first  of 
France,  have  granted  to  us  of  their  good  grace 


7 2  TAXA TION  -J1Y  PARLIAMENT  OXL  Y. 

and  good  will,  in  aid  of  the  speed  of  our  great 
business  which  we  have  to  do  as  well  on  this  side 
the  sea  as  beyond,  the  gih  sheaf,  the  gth  fleece,  and 
the  Qth  lamb  to  be  taken  by  two  years  next  coming 
.  .  .  .  and  the  citizens  and  burgesses  of  boroughs 
the  true  gth  part  of  all  their  goods,  and  merchants 
who  dwell  not  in  cities  and  boroughs  as  well  as 
others  who  dwell  in  forests  and  wastes  and  live  not 
of  gain  nor  of  store  of  sheep,  the  1 5th  of  their  goods 
lawfully  to  the  value ;  we,  willing  to  provide  to  the 
indemnity  of  the  said  prelates,  earls,  barons,  and 
other  of  the  commonalty,  and  also  of  the  citizens, 
burgesses,  and  merchants  aforesaid,  will  and  grant 
for  us  and  our  heirs  to  the  same  prelates,  earls, 
barons,  and  commons,  citizens,  burgesses,  and 
merchants  that  the  same  grant  which  is  so  chargeable 
shall  not  another  time  be  had  forth  in  example  nor 
fall  to  their  prejudice  in  time  to  come,  nor  that  they 
be  from  henceforth  charged  nor  grieved  to  make  any 
aid  or  to  sustain  charge,  if  it  be  not  by  the  common 
assent  of  the  prelates,  earls,  barons,  and  other  great 
men  and  commons  of  the  said  realm  of  England  and 
that  in  the  parliament.  And  that  all  the  profits 
rising  of  the  said  aid,  and  of  wards  and  marriages, 
customs  and  escheats,  and  other  profits  rising  of  the 
said  realm  of  England  shall  be  set  and  dispended 
upon  the  maintenance  of  the  safeguard  of  our  said 
realm  of  England  and  of  our  wars  of  Scotland, 
France,  and  Gascony,  and  in  no  place  elsewhere 
during  the  said  wars.* 

*  For  taxation  under  Edward  the  third,  see  Appendix. 


BATTLE  OF  SLUYS.  73 

1340,    June    24.— Of  the   battle  on  the   sea  before 

Sluys  in  Flanders   between    the    king    of   England 

and  the  Frenchmen. 

Froissart,  ch.  50  (l.  §  114). 

On  midsummer  even  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
1340,  all  the  English  fleet  was  departed  out  of  the 
river  of  Thames,  and  took  the  way  to  Sluys.  And 
the  same  time,  between  Blankenberg  and  Sluys  on 
the  sea,  was  sir  Hugh  Kiriel,  sir  Peter  Bahucet, 
and  Barbenoir,  and  more  than  sixscore  great 
vessels  besides  others;  and  they  were  of  Normans, 
Genoese,  and  Picards,  about  the  number  of  forty 
thousand.  There  they  were  laid  by  the  French 
king  to  bar  the  king  of  England's  passage.  The 
king  of  England  and  his  men  came  sailing  till 
they  came  before  Sluys.  And  when  the  king  saw 
so  great  a  number  of  ships  that  their  masts  seemed 
to  be  like  a  great  wood,  he  demanded  of  the  master 
of  his  ship  what  people  he  thought  they  were.  He 
answered  and  said,  "  Sir,  I  think  they  are  Normans, 
laid  here  by  the  French  king,  and  they  have  done 
great  displeasure  in  England,  burnt  your  town  of 
Southampton  and  taken  your  great  ship,  the  Christo- 
pher." ''Ah  !  "  quoth  the  king,  "  I  have  long  desired 
to  fight  with  the  Frenchmen,  and  now  shall  I  fight 
with  some  of  them,  by  the  grace  of  God  and  Saint 
George ;  for  truly  they  have  done  me  so  many 
displeasures  that  I  will  be  revenged,  and  I  may." 
Then  the  king  set  all  his  ships  in  order,  the  greatest 
before,  well  furnished  with  archers,  and  ever  between 
two  ships  of  archers  he  had  one  ship  with  men  of 


74  THE  CHRISTOPHER. 

arms.  Then  he  made  another  line  to  lie  aloof 
with  archers  to  comfort  ever  them  that  were  most 
weary  if  need  were.  And  there  were  a  great  number 
of  countesses,  ladies,  knights'  wives,  and  other 
damosels,  that  were  going  to  see  the  queen  at  Ghent ; 
these  ladies  the  king  caused  to  be  well  kept  with 
three  hundred  men  at  arms  and  five  hundred  archers. 
When  the  king  and  his  marshals  had  ordered  his 
lines  of  battle,  he  drew  up  the  sails  and  came  with 
a  quarter  wind  to  have  the  advantage  of  the  sun. 
And  so,  at  last,  they  turned  a  little  to  get  the  wind 
at  will ;  and  when  the  Normans  saw  them  recoil 
back  they  had  marvel  why  they  did  so.  And  some 
said,  "  They  think  themselves  not  meet  to  meddle 
with  us,  wherefore  they  will  go  back."  They  saw 
well  how  the  king  of  England  was  there  personally, 
by  reasons  of  his  banners.  Then  they  did  put  their 
fleet  in  order,  for  they  were  sage  and  good  men 
of  war  on  the  sea  ;  and  did  set  the  Christopher, 
the  which  they  had  won  the  year  before,  to  be 
foremost,  with  many  trumpets  and  instruments,  and 
so  set  on  their  enemies.  There  began  a  sore  battle 
on  both  parts ;  archers  and  crossbows  began  to  shoot  ; 
men  of  arms  approached  and  fought  hand  to  hand  ; 
and  the  better  to  come  together  they  had  great 
hooks  and  grappling  irons  to  cast  out  of  one  ship 
into  another,  and  so  tied  them  fast  together.  There 
were  many  deeds  of  arms  done,  taking  and  rescuing 
again.  And  at  last  the  great  Christopher  was  first 
won  by  the  Englishmen,  and  all  that  were  within 
it  taken  or  slain.  Then  there  was  great  noise  and 


ENGLISH  VICTORY.  75 

cry,  and  the  Englishmen  approached  and  fortified 
the  Christopher  with  archers,  and  made  it  to  pass 
on  before  to  fight  with  the  Genoese.  This  battle 
was  right  fierce  and  terrible,  for  the  battles  on  the 
sea  are  more  dangerous  and  fiercer  than  the  battles 
by  land  ;  for  on  the  sea  there  is  no  recoiling  nor 
fleeing,  there  is  no  remedy  but  to  fight  and  to  abide 
fortune  and  every  man  to  shew  his  prowess.  Of  a 
truth  sir  Hugh  Kiriel  and  sir  Bahucet  and  Barbenoir 
were  right  good  and  expert  men  of  war.  This 
battle  lasted  from  the  morning  till  it  was  noon  and 
the  Englishmen  endured  much  pain,  for  their  enemies 
were  four  against  one  and  all  good  men  on  the 
sea.  There  the  king  of  England  was  a  noble  knight 
of  his  own  hands  ;  he  was  in  the  flower  of  his  youth. 
In  likewise  so  were  the  earls  of  Derby,  Pembroke, 
Hereford,  Huntingdon,  Northampton,  and  Glouces- 
ter, sir  Reynold  Cobham,  sir  Richard  Stafford,  the  lord 
Percy,  sir  Walter  of  Manny,  sir  Henry  of  Flanders,  sir 
John  Chandos,  sir  Robert  of  Artois,  called  the  earl  of 
Richmond,  and  divers  other  lords  and  knights  who 
bore  themselves  so  valiantly,  with  some  succours  that 
they  had  of  Bruges  and  of  the  country  there  about,  that 
they  obtained  the  victory.  So  that  the  Frenchmen, 
Normans,  and  others  were  discomfitted,  slain,  and 
drowned  ;  there  was  not  one  that  escaped,  but  all 
were  slain.  When  this  victory  was  achieved,  the 
king  all  that  night  abode  in  his  ship  before  Sluys 
with  great  noise  of  trumpets  and  other  instruments. 
Thither  came  to  see  the  king  divers  of  Flanders, 
such  as  heard  of  the  king's  coming.  And  then 


7 6  ARTEVELDE  AT  VALENCIENNES. 

the  king  demanded  of  the  burgesses  of  Bruges  how 
Jacques  d'Artevelde  did.  They  answered  that  he 
was  gone  to  the  earl  of  Hainault  against  the  duke 
of  Normandy  with  sixty  thousand  Flemings.  And 
the  next  day,  the  which  was  midsummer  day,  the 
king  and  all  his  took  land.  And  the  king,  on 
foot,  went  a  pilgrimage  to  our  lady  of  Ardenburg 
and  there  heard  mass  and  dined ;  and  then  took 
his  horse  and  rode  to  Ghent,  where  the  queen 
received  him  with  great  joy ;  and  all  his  baggage 
came  after,  little  by  little.  Then  the  king  wrote 
to  the  count  of  Hainault  and  to  them  within  the 
castle  of  Thun*4,  certifying  them  of  his  arrival.  And 
when  the  count  knew  thereof,  and  that  the  king 
had  discomfited  the  army  on  the  sea,  he  dislodged, 
and  gave  leave  to  all  the  soldiers  to  depart.  And 
he  took  with  him  to  Valenciennes  all  the  great  lords 
and  there  feasted  them  honourably,  and  especially 
the  duke  of  Brabant  and  Jacques  d'Artevelde.  And 
there  Jacques  d'Artevelde,  openly  in  the  market 
place,  in  the  presence  of  all  the  lords  and  of  all 
such  as  would  hear  him,  declared  what  right  the 
king  of  England  had  to  the  crown  of  France,  and 
also  how  puissant  the  three  countries  were  of 
Flanders,  Hainault,  and  Brabant,  surely  joined  in 
one  alliance.  And  he  did  so  by  his  great  wisdom 
and  pleasant  words  that  all  people  that  heard  him 
praised  him  much,  and  said  how  he  had  nobly 
spoken  and  by  great  experience.  And  thus  he  was 
greatly  praised  and  it  was  said  that  he  was  well 
*  Which  had  been  besieged  by  the  French. 


SIEGE  OF  TO  URN  AY.  77 

worthy  to  govern  the  county  of  Flanders.  Then 
the  lords  departed  and  promised  to  meet  again 
within  eight  days  at  Ghent,  to  see  the  king  of 
England,  and  so  they  did.  And  the  king  feasted 
them  honourably,  and  so  did  the  queen,  who  was 
as  then  newly  delivered  of  a  son  called  John,  who 
afterwards  became  duke  of  Lancaster  by  his  marriage 
to  the  daughter  of  duke  Henry  of  Lancaster. 

1340.  —  How   the    king   of    England   besieged   the 
city   of   Tournay  with  great  puissance. 

Froissart,  ch.  53,  54,  56,  57,  63. 

When  the  time  approached  that  the  king  and  his 
allies  should  meet  before  Tournay,  and  that  the  corn 
began  to  ripen,  he  departed  from  Ghent  with  seven 
earls  of  his  country,  eight  prelates,  thirty-eight 
baronets,  two  hundred  knights,  four  thousand  men  at 
arms,  and  nine  thousand  archers,  beside  footmen. 
All  his  host  passed  through  the  town  of  Oudenarde, 
and  so  passed  the  river  Scheldt,  and  lodged  before 
Tournay  at  the  gate  called  St.  Martin,  the  way 
towards  Lisle  and  Douai.  Then  anon  after  came  the 
duke  of  Brabant  with  more  than  twenty  thousand 
men,  knights,  squires,  and  commoners,  and  he  lodged 
at  the  bridge  of  Ayres  by  the  river  Scheldt  between 
the  abbey  of  St.  Nicholas  and  the  gate  Valentinois. 
Next  to  him  came  the  earl  of  Hainault  with  a  goodly 
company  of  his  country,  with  many  of  Holland  and 
Zealand,  and  he  was  lodged  between  the  king  and 
the  duke  of  Brabant.  Then  came  Jacques  d' Artevelde 
with  more  than  sixty  thousand  Flemings,  beside  them 


7  8  ASS  A  ULT  BY  THE  FLEMINGS. 


r-mioc; 


of  Ypres,  Poperingue,  Cassel,  Bruges.  Jacques 
d'Artevelde  lodged  at  the  gate  of  St.  Fountain.  The 
duke  of  Gueldres,  the  earl  of  Juliers,  and  all  the 
Germans  were  lodged  on  the  other  side  towards 
Hainault.  Thus  the  city  of  Tournay  was  environed 
round  about,  and  every  host  might  resort  each  to  the 
other,  so  that  none  could  issue  without  spying.  The 
siege  enduring,  they  without  were  well  provided  with 
victuals  and  at  a  proper  price ;  for  it  came  to  them 
from  all  parts. 

Also  the  Flemings  oftentimes  assailed  them  of 
Tournay,  and  had  made  ships,  belfries,  and  instru- 
ments of  assault ;  so  that  every  day  lightly  there  was 
skirmishing  and  divers  hurt  of  one  and  other.  The 
Flemings  took  much  pain  to  trouble  them  of  Tournay ; 
among  other  assaults  there  was  one  endured  a  whole 
day  ;  there  were  many  feats  of  arms  done,  for  all  the 
lords  and  knights  that  were  at  Tournay  were  thereat ; 
for  the  assault  was  made  in  ships  and  vessels  wrought 
with  intent  to  break  the  barriers  and  the  postern  of 
the  arch  ;  but  it  was  so  well  defended  that  the 
Flemings  won  nothing ;  there  they  lost  a  ship  with 
some  six  score  men,  the  which  were  drowned,  and  at 

night  they  withdrew  sore  troubled . 

And  because  the  victuals  within  the  city  began  to 
minish,  the  French  lords  within  caused  to  leave  the 
town  all  manner  of  poor  people,  such  as  were  not 
furnished  to  abide  the  adventure  of  the  siege  ;  they 
were  put  out  in  the  open  day,  and  they  passed 
through  the  duke  of  Brabant's  host,  who  showed 
their  grief;  for  he  caused  them  to  be  safely  brought 


ARRIVAL  OF  PHILIP.  79 

to  the  French  host  at  Arras,  where  the  king  lay  ;  and 
there  he  made  a  great  assembly  of  men  of  his  own 
country  and  part  out  of  the  ernpire.  Thither  came 
to  him  the  king  of  Bohemia,  the  duke  of  Lorraine, 
the  earl  of  Bar,  the  bishops  of  Metz  and  Verdun,  the 
earl  of  Montbeliard,  sir  John  of  Chalons,  the  earl  of 
Geneva,  the  earl  of  Savoy,  and  the  lord  Lewis  of 
Savoy  his  brother.  All  these  lords  came  to  serve 
the  French  king  with  all  their  powers.  Also  thither 
came  the  duke  of  Brittany,  the  duke  of  Burgundy,  the 
duke  of  Bourbon,  the  earl  of  Alencon,  the  earl  of 
Flanders,  the  earl  of  Foret,  the  earl  of  Armagnac, 
the  earl  of  Blois,  sir  Charles  of  Blois,  the  earl  of 
Harcourt,  the  earl  of  Dammartin,  the  lord  Coucy, 
and  divers  other  lords  and  knfghts.  And  after  came 
the  king  of  Navarre  with  a  goodly  number  of  men  of 
war  out  of  the  country  in  France  that  he  held  of  the 
French  king.  Also  there  was  the  king  of  Scots  with 
a  certain  number  appointed  to  him. 

When  all  these  said  lords  were  come  to  Arras  to 
the  French  king,  then  he  removed  and  came  to  a 
little  river  three  leagues  from  Tournay  ;  the  water 
was  deep,  and  round  about  full  of  marshes,  so  that 
no  man  could  pass  but  by  a  little  way,  so  narrow  that 
two  horses  could  not  pass  abreast ;  there  the  king 
lay,  and  passed  not  the  river,  for  he  durst  not.  The 
next  day  the  hosts  lay  still ;  some  of  the  lords  coun- 
selled to  make  bridges  to  pass  over  the  water  at  their 
case  ;  then  there  were  men  sent  to  view  the  passage, 
and  when  they  had  well  viewed  everything,  they 
thought  it  was  but  a  lost  labour,  and  they  showed 

6 


80  JANE  OF  VALOIS. 


a+     tVi£> 


the  king  how  that  there  was  no  passage  but  at  the 
bridge  of  Tressin.  Thus  the  matter  abode  in  the 
same  case.  The  tidings  anon  spread  abroad  how  the 
French  king  was  lodged  between  the  bridge  of 
Tressin  and  the  bridge  of  Bouvines,  to  the  intent  to 
fight  with  his  enemies,  so  that  all  manner  of  people, 
such  as  desired  honour,  drew  to  the  one  part  and  to 
the  other  as  they  owed  their  service  or  favour. 

This  siege  endured  a  long  season,  the 

space  of  eleven  weeks  all  but  three  days,  and  all  that 
season  the  lady  Jane  of  Valois,  sister  to  the  French 
king  and  mother  of  the  earl  of  Hainault,  toiled 
greatly  to  have  a  respite  and  a  peace  between  the 
parties,  so  that  they  might  depart  without  battle ; 
and  divers  times  she  k'nelt  at  the  feet  of  the  French 
king  in  that  behalf,  and  also  made  great  labour  to 
the  lords  of  the  empire,  and  especially  to  the  duke 
of  Brabant  and  to  the  duke  of  Juliers,  who  had  her 
daughter  in  marriage,  and  also  to  sir  John  of  Hainault; 
so  much  the  good  lady  procured  that  it  was  granted 
that  each  party  should  send  four  sufficient  persons 
to  treat  on  some  good  way  to  accord  the  parties, 
and  a  truce  for  three  days ;  those  appointed  should 
meet  in  a  little  chapel  standing  in  the  fields 
called  Espl6chin.  At  the  day  appointed  these 
persons  met  and  the  good  lady  with  them ;  of  the 
French  party  there  was  Charles  king  of  Bohemia, 
Charles  earl  of  Alen£on,  brother  to  the  French 
king,  and  the  bishop  of  Liege,  the  earl  of  Flanders, 
and  the  earl  of  Armagnac ;  of  the  English  party 
there  was  the  duke  of  Brabant,  the  bishop  of 


TR  UCE  Of  ESPLECtilN.  8 1 

Lincoln,  the  duke  of  Gueldres,  the  duke  of  Juliers, 
and  sir  John  of  Hainault ;  and  when  they  were 
all  met,  they  made  each  to  other  great  salutations, 
and  then  entered  into  their  treaty ;  and  all  that 
day  they  communed  on  divers  ways  of  accord,  and 
always  the  good  lady  of  Valois  was  among  them, 
desiring  effectually  all  the  parties  that  they  would 
do  their  labour  to  make  a  peace ;  howbeit,  the 
first  day  passed  without  anything  doing,  and  so 
they  returned  and  promised  to  meet  again  the  next 
day ;  the  which  day  they  came  together  again  in 
the  same  place  and  so  fell  again  into  their  treaty  ; 
and  so  fell  unto  certain  points  agreeable,  but  it 
was  then  so  late  that  they  could  not  put  it  in 
writing  that  day  ;  and  the  third  day  they  met  again, 
and  so  finally  accorded  on  a  truce  to  endure  for 
a  year  between  all  parties  and  all  their  men ;  and 
also  between  them  that  were  in  Scotland,  and  all 
such  as  made  war  in  Gascony,  Poitou,  and  in 

Saintonge 

This  truce  forthwith  was  cried  in  both  hosts,  whereof 
the  Brabanters  were  right  glad,  for  they  were  sore 
weary  with  so  long  lying  at  the  siege ;  so  that  the 
next  day,  as  soon  as  it  was  daylight,  ye  should 
have  seen  tents  taken  down,  chariots  charged,  and 
people  removed  so  quick,  that  a  man  would  have 
thought  to  have  seen  a  new  world.  Thus  the  good 
town  of  Tournay  was  safe,  without  any  great 
damage  ;  howbeit,  they  within  endured  great  pain  ; 
their  victuals  began  to  fail  ;  for  they  had  then 
scant  to  serve  them,  for  three  or  four  days  at  the 


82  EDWARD'S  RETURN. 


gainst 
,,   but 


most.  The  king  of  England  departed  sore  against 
his  mind,  if  he  might  have  done  otherwise, 
he  was  fain  to  follow  the  wills  of  the  other  lords 
and  to  believe  their  counsels.  And  the  French 
king  could  abide  no  longer  where  he  lay  for  the 
evil  air  and  the  hot  weather,  so  the  Frenchmen 
had  the  honour  of  that  journey  because  they  had 
rescued  Tournay  and  caused  their  enemies  to  depart. 
The  king  of  England  and  the  lords  on  his  party 
said  how  they  had  the  honour  by  reason  that  they 
had  tarried  so  long  within  the  realm,  and  besieged 
one  of  the  good  towns  thereof,  and  had  also  wasted 
and  burned  in  the  French  country,  and  that  the 
French  king  had  not  rescued  it  in  time  and  hour, 
as  he  ought  to  have  done  by  giving  of  battle,  and 
had  finally  agreed  to  a  truce,  his  enemies  being 
still  at  the  siege  and  burning  his  country.  Thus 
these  lords  departed  from  the  siege  of  Tournay, 
and  every  man  drew  to  his  own,  and  the  king  of 
England  came  to  Ghent  to  the  queen,  his  wife. 

1340-1.— How   the  king   returned   to   London   and 
removed  his  ministers. 

Murimuth,  p.  109. 

Afterwards  when  all  the  English  who  were  with 
the  king  at  Ghent,  believed  that  the  king  of  England 
would  celebrate  Christmas  there,  the  king  feigning 
he  was  going  out  for  exercise,  rode  off  secretly  with 
only  eight  attendants,  and  scarcely  telling  any  of  his 
friends  came  to  Zeeland,  and  went  on  board.  He 
sailed  for  three  days  and  nights  and  on  the  night  of 
S.  Andrew's,  about  cockcrow,  entered  the  tower  of 


REMOVAL  OF  MINISTERS.  83 

London  by  water  ;  and  with  him  were  the  earl  of 
Northampton,  the  lord  Walter  of  Manny,  .  .  . 
and  a  few  others.  And  immediately  at  cockcrow  he 
sent  for  the  chancellor,  treasurer,  and  justices  then 
present  in  London  ;  and  immediately  removed  the 
bishop  of  Chichester  from  the  office  of  chancellor, 
and  the  bishop  of  Coventry  from  the  office  of 
treasurer,  and  he  wished  to  send  them  into 
Flanders  and  put  them  in  pledge  there,  or  if  they 
refused  this,  to  keep  them  against  their  will  in 
the  tower  of  London.  But  the  bishop  of  Chichester 
explained  to  him  the  danger  which  he  incurred  from 
the  canon  which  threatens  those  who  imprison 
bishops,  and  so  he  allowed  them  to  leave  the  Tower. 
But  the  chief  justices,  namely  the  lord  John  of 
Stonor,  the  lord  William  of  Willoughby,  the  lord 
William  of  Shereshull,  and  especially  the  lord 
Nicolas  de  la  Beche  who  before  was  warden  of  the 
tower  of  London,  as  well  as  the  merchants,  the  lord 
John  of  Pultenay,  William  de  la  Pole  and  Richard 
his  brother,  and  the  chief  clerks  of  the  chancery, 
namely  the  lords  John  of  S.  Paul,  Michael  of  Wath, 
Henry  of  Stretford,  Robert  of  Chikwelle,  and  of  the 
treasury  the  lord  Thomas  of  Thorpe  and  many 
others,  he  caused  to  be  committed  to  divers  prisons. 
But  since  this  had  been  done  wilfully  and  arbitrarily 
by  an  angry  whim,  they  were  presently  released. 
Also,  upon  the  arrival  of  the  king,  John  archbishop 
of  Canterbury*  was  publicly  accused  of  ingratitude 

*  John  Stratford,  since  1333  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and 
his  brother  Robert,  since  1337  bishop  of  Chichester,  had  acted 
as  chancellors  alternately  for  the  last  ten  years. 


84  THE  FIRST  LA  Y  CHANCELLOR. 

and  other  offences  by  William  of  Killesby  by 
word  of  mouth  at  the  Guildhall  at  London,  and 
afterwards  by  royal  letters  ;  from  which  charges  he 
declared  he  was  ready  to  clear  himself  at  the 
parliament  then  following,  as  will  appear  below.  .  . 
Soon  after  his  arrival  the  king  removed  all  the 
sheriffs  and  other  officers  and  put  others  in  their 
stead  even  against  their  will ;  and  he  made  a  certain 
knight  chancellor  of  England,  namely  Robert  of 
Bourchier,  and  another  treasurer,  namely  first  the  lord 
Robert  of  Sadyton,  and  afterwards  the  lord  Robert 
Parvenk,  and  took  the  counsel  of  the  young  con- 
temning the  counsel  of  the  elders.  And  he  ordained 
that  in  each  county  justices  should  sit,  and  make 
enquiry  about  the  collection  of  the  tenth,  and  of  the 
fifteenth,  and  of  the  wool,  and  all  others.  And  in 
each  county  he  ordained  one  great  justice,  namely  an 
earl  or  a  great  baron,  to  whom  he  joined  others  of 
middle  estate  ;  and  these  justices  acted  so  severely 
and  wilfully  that  no  one  escaped  unhurt,  whether  he 
had  done  the  king's  business  well  or  ill :  so  that 
without  any  offence  all,  even  without  being  indicted 
or  accused,  must  redeem  themselves  at  excessive 
fines,  if  they  wished  to  escape  imprisonment,  nor 
would  they  allow  anyone  to  prove  his  innocence. 

1341.— How  the  king  held  his  parliament  at  London 
and  of  certain  statutes  there  passed. 

Murimuth,  p.   112. 

(In  this  parliament  the  king  was  obliged  to  recognise  the  right 
of  peers  to  be  tried  by  their  peers,  as  well  as  to  promise  that 


ROYAL  CONCESSIONS.  85 

accounts  should  be  audited  and  ministers  sworn  to  do  justice,  in 
parliament.     But  this  statute  he  revoked  the  same  year.) 


In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1341,  in  the  isth  year  of 
king  Edward  the  third  from  the  Conquest,  that  king 
held  his  parliament  at  London  a  fortnight  after  Easter, 
wherein  the  prelates,  earls,  and  great  men,  to  wit  the 
peers  and  commonalty  of  the  realm,  joined  in  making 
many  good  petitions  on  behalf  of  the  community  of 
the  realm,  and  especially  that  the  Great  Charter  and 
the  charter  of  the  forest,  and  the  liberties  of  the 
church  should  be  wholly  maintained  ;  and  that  those 
who  offended  against  them,  even  if  they  were  officers 
of  the  king,  should  be  punished,  and  that  the  greater 
officers  of  the  king  should  be  elected  by  the  peers  of 
the  realm  in  parliament.  To  these  the  king  with  his 
privy  council  long  refused  to  consent,  and  so  the 
parliament  lasted  to  the  vigil  of  Whitsunday.  But 
finally  the  king  granted  the  greater  part  of  the  said 
petitions,  but  did  not  grant  the  appointment  and 
election  of  his  officers  ;  he  finally  however  conceded 
that  the  officials  should  swear  in  parliament  that  they 
would  do  justice  in  all  their  offices,  and  that  if  they 
did  not  do  this,  they  should  resign  their  offices,  on 
the  third  day  after  the.  beginning  of  parliament  and 
reply  to  all  their  accusers,  and  that  the  guilty  should 
be  punished  by  the  judgment  of  their  peers.  Upon 
all  which  and  other  matters  a  statute  was  made  and 
sealed  with  the  king's  seal.  And  then  license  was 
given  to  the  prelates  and  others  to  leave  ;  but  the 
bishops  of  Durham  and  Salisbury,  the  earls  of 
Salisbury,  Warwick,  and  Northampton  were  assigned 


86  CONCESSIONS  REVOKED. 

to  hear  the  answer  of  the  archbishop  to  the  charges 
brought  against  him  and  to  report  to  the  king  in  the 
next  parliament.  And  although  the  archbishop  said 
he  was  ready  to  immediately  shew  and  prove  himself 
innocent,  these  earls  and  barons  declared  they  had 
not  then  leisure  ;  and  so  the  business  remained  in 
suspense. 

1341. — Writ  revoking  a  statute. 

Rymer,   1177. 

The  king,  to  the  sheriff  of  Lincoln,  greeting. 
Whereas  in  our  parliament  assembled  at  Westminster, 
on  the  fifteenth  day  of  Easter  last  past,  certain 
articles  expressly 'contrary  to  the  laws  and  customs  of 
our  realm  of  England,  and  to  our  royal  right  and 
prerogatives,  are  pretended  to  have  been  conceded  by 
us  by  manner  of  statute  : 

We,  considering  how  we  are  bound  by  oath  to 
observe  and  defend  such  laws,  customs,  rights,  and 
prerogatives,  and  therefore  wishing  to  recall  to  the 
due  state  those  things  which  have  been  improvidently 
done,  have  taken  counsel  and  have  treated  upon  this 
with  the  earls,  barons,  and  otherwise  men  of  our  realm : 

And  because  we  never  consented  to  the  issue  of 
the  pretended  statute,  but  having  first  protested  that 
we  would  recall  the  said  statute  if  it  actually  pro- 
ceeded, to  avoid  the  perils  which  it  was  then  feared 
would  arise  from  refusal  since  that  parliament  would 
otherwise  have  dissolved  in  discord  without  having 
done  anything,  and  so  our  arduous  business  would 
have  been  truly  ruined,  we  dissembled  as  was 


o 

P 
d 

d 
w 

th 

W< 

ce 
\v< 
ot 
dc 
ha 


ROYAL  DISSIMULATION.  87 

fitting,  and  permitted  the  pretended  statute  to  be 
then  sealed ;  it  seemed  good  to  the  said  earls, 
barons,  and  wise  men  that,  since  the  -aforesaid 
pretended  statute  did  not  proceed  from  our  free 
will,  it  should  be  null,  and  ought  not  to  have  the 
name  or  force  of  a  statute  : 

And,  therefore,  the  said  statute,  with  their  counsel 
and  consent,  we  decree  to  be  null  and  have  judged 
that  so  far  as  it  has  gone  it  ought  to  be  annulled  : 

Desiring,  however,  that  the  articles  contained  in 
the  said  pretended  statute  which  have  been  pre- 
viously approved  by  other  statutes  of  us  or  our 
progenitors,  kings  of  England,  shall  be  observed, 
according  to  the  form  of  the  said  statutes,  in  all 
things,  as  is  fitting.  And  this  only  we  do  for  the 
preservation  and  restoration  of  the  rights  of  our 
crown  as  we  are  bound,  not  that  we  would  in  any 
way  oppress  or  grieve  our  subjects,  whom  we  wish 
to  rule  in  mildness. 

And,  therefore,  we  order  you  that  you  cause  all 
this  to  be  publicly  proclaimed  in  such  places  within 
your  district  as  you  see  to  be  suitable. 

Witness  the  king  at  Westminster,  the  first  day  of 
October.  By  the  king  and  council. 

Similar  writs  were  directed  to  all  the  sheriffs 
throughout  England. 

1342.  — How    the    countess    of    Montfort    defended 
Hennebon. 

Froissart,  ch.  80  (i.  §§  165-166).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  54. 
(The  duchy  of  Brittany  was  disputed  between  John  of  Mont- 


8  8  JO  A  N  OF  MONTFOR  T. 

fort,  who  was  supported  by  Edward  of  England,  and  Charles  of 
Blois,  supported  by  Philip  of  France.  Montfort  had  been  taken 
prisoner,  but  his  wife  Joan  gallantly  carried  on  the  struggle. 
For  the  rival  claims,  see  Appendix.} 

.  .  .  The  countess  herself  wore  harness  on 
her  body,  and  rode  on  a  great  charger  from  street  to 
street,  desiring  her  people  to  make  good  defence  ;  and 
she  caused  damsels  and  other  women  to  cut  short 
their  kirtles  and  to  carry  stones  and  pots  full  of 
chalk  to  the  walls,  to  be  cast  down  to  their  enemies. 
This  lady  did  there  a  hardy  enterprise.  She  mounted 
up  to  the  height  of  a  tower  to  see  how  the  French- 
men were  ordered  without ;  she  saw  how  that  the 
lords  and  all  the  other  people  of  the  host  were  all 
gone  out  of  their  camp  to  the  assault.  She  issued 
out  with  her  company  and  dashed  into  the  French 
lodgings,  and  cut  down  tents  and  set  fire  to  their 
lodgings.  She  found  no  defence  there  but  certain 
varlets  and  boys  who  ran  away.  When  the  lords 
of  France  looked  behind  them  and  saw  their  lodgings 
afire  and  heard  the  cry  and  noise  there,  they  returned 
to  the  camp,  crying,  "  Treason !  treason  !  "  so  that 
all  the  assault  was  left.  When  the  countess  saw 
that,  she  drew  together  her  company,  and  when  she 
saw  she  could  not  enter  again  into  the  town  without 
great  damage,  she  took  another  way  and  went  to 
the  castle  of  Brest,  the  which  was  not  far  thence. 
WThen  sir  Louis  of  Spain,  who  was  marshal  of  the 
host,  was  come  to  the  camp  and  saw  the  countess 
and  her  company  going  away  he  followed  after  her 
with  a  great  number  ;  he  chased  her  so  near  that 


DEFENCE  OF  HENNEBON.  89 

he  slew  and  hurt  divers  of  them  that  were  behind, 
evil  horsed.  But  the  countess  and  the  most  part 
of  her  company  rode  so  well  that  they  came  to 
Brest,  and  there  they  were  received  with  great  joy. 
.  .  .  .  The  next  day  the  lords  of  France,  who 
had  lost  their  tents  and  their  provisions,  then  took 
counsel  to  lodge  in  bowers  of  trees  nearer  to  the 
town,  and  they  had  great  marvel  when  they  knew 
that  the  countess  herself  had  done  that  enterprise. 
They  of  the  town  wist  not  where  the  countess  was 
gone,  whereof  they  were  in  great  trouble,  for  it 
was  five  days  ere  they  heard  any  tidings.  The 
countess  did  so  much  at  Brest  that  she  got  together 
five  hundred  spears ;  and  then  about  midnight  she 
departed  from  Brest  and  by  the  sun  rising  she 
came  along  by  the  one  side  of  the  host  and  came 
to  one  of  the  gates  of  Hennebon,  the  which  was 
opened  for  her ;  and  therein  she  entered  and  all 
her  company  with  great  noise  of  trumpets,  whereof 
the  French  host  had  great  marvel,  and  armed 
themselves  and  ran  to  the  town  to  assault  it,  and 
they  within  were  ready  to  defend.  There  began 
a  fierce  assault  and  endured  till  noon,  but  the 
Frenchmen  lost  more  than  they  within 

(Some  time  after,  the  town  \vas  so  hard  pressed  that  those 
within  thought  of  yielding.  But  just  as  they  are  about  to  give 
up  the  town), 

Then  the  countess  looked  down  along  the  sea 
out  at  a  window  in  the  castle  and  began  to  smile 
for  great  joy  that  she  had  to  see  the  succours  coming, 
the  which  she  had  so  long  desired.  Then  she  cried 


90  ORDER    OF  THE   GARTER. 

out  aloud  and  said  twice,  "  I  see  the  succours  of 
England  coming  ! "  Then  they  of  the  town  ran 
to  the  walls  and  saw  a  great  number  of  ships,  great 
and  small,  freshly  decked,  coming  towards  Henne- 
bon.  They  knew  well  it  was  the  succours  of 
England,  who  had  been  on  the  sea  sixty  days  by 
reason  of  contrary  winds. 

1344.— Of  the  order  of  St.  George  that  king-  Edward 
established  in  the  castle  of  Windsor. 

Froissart,  cli.  100. 

In  this  season  the  king  of  England  took  pleasure 
to  new  re-edify  the  castle  of  Windsor.  .  .  .  . 
Then  king  Edward  determined  to  make  an  order  and 
a  brotherhood  of  a  certain  number  of  knights,  and  to 
be  called  knights  of  the  blue  garter  ;  and  a  feast  to 
be  kept  yearly  at  Windsor  on  St.  George's  day.  And 
to  begin  this  order  the  king  assembled  together 
earls,  lords,  and  knights  of  his  realm  and  shewed 
them  his  intention  ;  and  they  all  joyously  agreed  to 
his  pleasure,  because  they  saw  it  was  a  thing  much 
honourable  and  whereby  great  amity  and  love  should 
grow  and  increase.  Then  were  there  chosen  out  a 
certain  number  of  the  valiantest  men  of  the  realm, 
and  they  swore  to  maintain  the  ordinances  such  as 
were  devised  ;  and  the  king  made  a  chapel  in  the 
castle  of  Windsor,  of  St.  George,  and  stablished 
certain  canons  there  to  serve  God,  and  endowed 
them  with  fair  rent.  Then  the  king  sent  to  publish 
this  feast  by  his  heralds,  into  France,  Scotland, 
Burgundy,  Hainault,  Flanders,  Brabant,  and  into  the 


THE  EARLDOM  OF  FLANDERS.  g  i 

empire  of  Almayne,  giving  to  every  knight  and  squire 
that  would  come  to  the  said  feast,  15  days  of  safe 
conduct  before  the  feast  and  after  the  feast,  to  begin 
at  Windsor  on  St.  George's  day  next  after,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  1344,  and  the  queen  to  be  there, 
accompanied  with  300  ladies  and  damsels,  all  of 
noble  lineage  and  apparelled  accordingly. 

1345. -Of  the  death  of  Jacques  d'Artevelde  of  Ghent. 

Froissart,  ch.  115  (i.  §  237). 

(The  truces  were  ill  observed  and  a  renewal  of  the  war  was 
inevitable.  Edward  therefore  crossed  to  Flanders  and  attempted 
to  secure  a  firm  basis  of  operations  in  Flanders  by  getting  his 
son  accepted  as  its  earl). 

In  this  season  reigned  in  Flanders,  in  great 
prosperity  and  puissance,  Jacques  d'Artevelde  of 
Ghent,  who  was  as  great  with  the  king  of  England 
as  he  could  desire  :  and  he  had  promised  the  king  to 
make  him  lord  and  heritor  of  Flanders,  and  to  endue 
his  son,  the  prince  of  Wales,  therewith,  and  to  make 
the  county  of  Flanders  a  dukedom.  For  which  cause 
about  the  feast  of  St.  John  Baptist,  1345,  the  king  of 
England  was  come  to  Sluys,  and  had  brought  thither 
the  young  prince.  The  king  with  all  his  navy  lay  in 
the  haven  of  Sluys,  and  thither  came  to  visit  him  his 
friends  of  Flanders  ;  then  were  great  councils 
between  the  king  and  Jacques  d'Artevelde  on  the 
one  side,  and  the  councils  of  the  good  men  of 
Flanders  on  the  other  ;  so  that  they  of  the  country 
were  not  agreed  with  the  king  nor  with  Jacques 
d'Artevelde,  who  preached  to  them  that  they  should 


92  DISCONTENT  AT  GHENT. 


rd  and 


disinherit  the  earl  Louis,  their  own  natural  lord 
also  his  young  son  Louis.  And  so  the  last  day  of 
their  council  on  the  king's  great  ship  the  Katherine, 
they  gave  a  final  answer  by  common  accord  and  said, 
"  Sir,  ye  have  desired  us  to  a  thing  that  is  great  and 
weighty,  which  hereafter  may  sore  touch  the  county 
of  Flanders  and  our  heirs.  Truly  we  know  not  at 
this  day  no  person  in  the  world  that  we  love  the 
preferment  of,  so  much  as  we  do  yours.  But,  sir, 
this  thing  we  cannot  do  alone,  without  that  all  the 
commonalty  of  Flanders  accord  to  the  same  ;  sir,  we 
will  go  home,  and  every  man  speak  with  his  company 
in  every  town,  and  as  the  most  part  may  agree  we 
shall  be  content ;  and  within  a  month  we  shall  be 
here  with  you  again,  and  then  give  you  a  full 
answer."  Jacques  d'Artevelde  tarried  a  little  season, 
with  the  king,  and  still  he  promised  the  king  to 
bring  them  to  his  intent  ;  but  he  was  deceived,  for 
as  soon  as  he  came  to  Ghent  he  went  no  more  out 
again  ;  for  such  of  Ghent  as  had  been  at  Sluys  at  the 
council  there,  when  they  were  returned  to  Ghent, 
ere  Jacques  d'Artevelde  was  come  into  the  town, 
great  and  small  they  assembled  in  the  market  place, 
and  then  it  was  openly  shewed  what  request  the  king 
of  England  had  made  to  them,  by  the  setting  on  of 
Jacques  d'Artevelde  ;  then  every  man  began  to 
murmur  against  Jacques,  for  that  request  pleased 
them  nothing. 

When  Jacques  returned,  he  came  to  Ghent  about 
noon.  They  of  the  town  knew  of  his  coming,  and 
many  were  assembled  in  the  street  where  he  should 


POPULAR  RISING.  93 

pass,  and  when  they  saw  him  they  began  to  murmur 
and  said,  "  Behold  yonder  great  master,  that  will 
order  all  Flanders  after  his  pleasure,  which  is  not 
to  be  suffered."  Also  then  were  words  sown  through 
all  the  town,  how  he  had  nine  years  assembled  all  the 
revenues  of  Flanders  without  any  account  given,  and 
thereby  had  kept  his  state,  and  also  sent  great  riches 
out  of  the  country  into  England  secretly.  These 
words  set  them  of  Ghent  on  fire,  and  as  he  rode 
through  the  street  he  perceived  there  was  some 
new  matter  against  him,  for  such  as  were  wont  to 
make  reverence  to  him  he  saw  them  turn  their  backs 
towards  him  and  enter  into  their  houses.  Then  he 
began  to  doubt ;  and  as  soon  as  he  had  alighted  at 
his  lodging,  he  closed  fast  his  gates,  doors,  and 
windows.  This  was  scant  done  before  the  street  was 
full  of  men,  and  specially  of  them  of  the  small  crafts. 
They  assailed  his  house  both  behind  and  before, 
and  the  house  was  broken  into.  He  and  his  within 
defended  themselves  a  long  space,  and  slew  and  hurt 
many  without ;  but  finally  he  could  not  endure,  for 
three  parts  of  the  men  of  the  town  were  at  the 
assault.  When  Jacques  saw  that  he  was  so  sore 
oppressed,  he  came  to  a  window,  with  great  humility, 
bare-headed,  and  said  with  fair  language,  "  Good 
people,  what  aileth  you  ?  why  be  ye  so  sore  troubled 
against  me  ?  in  what  manner  have  I  displeased  you  ? 
shew  me  and  I  will  make  you  amends."  Then  such 
as  heard  him  answered  all  with  one  voice,  "  We  will 
have  account  made  of  the  great  treasure  of  Flanders 
that  ye  have  sent  out  of  the  way,  without  any  title  of 


94  ARTEVELD&S  REMONSTRANCES. 


reason."  Then  Jacques  answered  meekly,  "  Certainly, 
sirs,  of  the  treasure  of  Flanders  I  never  took  anything : 
withdraw  yourselves  patiently  into  your  houses  and 
come  again  to-morrow  in  the  morning,  and  I  shall 
give  you  so  good  account  that  of  reason  ye  shall  be 
content."  Then  all  they  answered  and  said,  "  Nay, 
we  will  have  account  given  immediately,  ye  shall  not 
escape  us  so  ;  we  know  for  truth  that  ye  have  sent 
great  riches  into  England,  without  our  knowledge  ; 
wherefore  ye  shall  die."  When  he  heard  that  word, 
he  joined  his  hands  together,  and  sore  weeping  said, 
"  Sirs,  such  as  I  am  ye  have  made  me,  and  ye  have 
sworn  to  me,  ere  this,  to  defend  me  against  all 
persons,  and  now  ye  would  slay  me  without  reason  ; 
ye  may  do  it,  an  ye  will,  for  I  am  but  one 
man  among  you  all.  For  God's  sake  take  better 
advice,  and  remember  the  time  past.  Ye  know 
right  well  merchandise  was  nigh  lost  in  all  this 
country,  and  by  my  means  it  is  recovered.  I  have 
governed  you  in  great  peace  and  rest,  for  ye  have  had 
all  things  that  ye  could  wish,  corn,  riches,  and  all 
other  merchandise."  Then  they  all  cried  with  one 
voice,  "  Come  down  to  us,  and  preach  not  so  high, 
and  give  us  account  of  the  great  treasure  of  Flanders." 
When  Jacques  saw  that  he  could  not  appease  them, 
he  drew  in  his  head,  and  closed  his  window,  and  so 
thought  to  steal  out  on  the  back  side  into  a  church 
that  joined  to  his  house,  but  his  house  was  so  broken 
that  four  hundred  persons  were  entered  into  his  house, 
and  finally  then  he  was  taken  and  slain  without  mercy, 
and  one  Thomas  Denys  gave  him  his  death  stroke. 


. 


DEA  TH  OF  AR  TE  VELDE.  9  5 

Thus  Jacques  d'  Artevelde  ended  his  days,  who  had 
been  a  great  master  in  Flanders :  poor  men  first 
mounteth  up,  and  unhappy  men  slayeth  them  at  the 
end. 

(Edward  thereupon  returned  to  England). 

1345.  — Of  the  failure   of  the   great   and  powerful 
company  of  the  Bardi. 

Giovanni  Villani,  Istorie  Florentine,  1.  xii.,  c.  liv. 

In  the  year  1345  in  the  month  of  January  failed 
the  company  of  the  Bardi,  who  had  been  the  greatest 
merchants  in  Italy.  And  the  reason  was  that  they, 
like  the  Peruzzi,  had  lent  their  money  and  that 
invested  with  them  to  king  Edward  of  England  and 
to  the  king  of  Sicily  ;  and  that  the  Bardi  found  they 
had  owing  to  them  from  the  king  of  England,  what 
with  capital  and  interest  and  gifts  promised  by  him, 
900,000  florins  of  gold,*  and  on  account  of  his  war 
with  the  king  of  France  he  was  unable  to  pay  ;  and 
from  the  king  of  Sicily  100,000  florins  of  gold.  And 
to  the  Peruzzi  were  owing  from  the  king  of  England 
600,000  florins  of  gold,  and  from  the  king  of  Sicily 
100,000  florins  of  gold,  and  a  debt  of  350,000  florins 
of  gold,  so  they  must  stop  payment  to  citizens  and 
foreigners,  to  whom  the  Bardi  alone  owed  more  than 
550,000  florins  of  gold.  Whereby  many  other  smaller 
companies  and  individuals  whose  money  was  in  the 
hands  of  the  Bardi  or  Peruzzi  or  others  who  had 
failed,  were  ruined  and  so  became  bankrupt.  By 
this  failure  of  the  Bardi,  Peruzzi,  Acciajuoli,  and 

*  The  florin  was  one-eighth  of  an  ounce  of  gold. 

7 


96  FAILURE  OF  THE  BARD  I. 


Bonaccorsi  .  .  of  the  company  of  Uzzano  Peran- 
doli,  and  many  other  small  companies  and  individual 
craftsmen,  owing  to  the  burdens  on  the  state  and 
the  disordered  loans  to  lords,  of  which  I  have  made 
mention  (though  not  of  all,  which  were  too  long  to 
tell),  came  greater  ruin  and  discomfiture  to  our  city  of 
Florence  than  any  our  state  had  received,  if  the  reader 
well  consider  the  damage  caused  by  such  a  loss  of 
treasure  and  money  lost  by  our  citizens,  and  lent 
from  avarice  to  lords.  O  cursed  and  greedy  usury, 
full  of  the  vice  of  avarice  reigning  in  our  blind  and 
mad  citizens  of  Florence,  who  from  covetousness  to 
gain  from  great  lords  put  their  wealth  and  that  of 
others  in  their  power  and  lordship  to  lose,  and  ruin 
our  republic ;  for  there  remained  no  substance  of 
money  in  our  citizens,  except  in  a  few  craftsmen  and 
lenders  who  with  their  usury  consumed  and  gained 
for  themselves  the  scattered  poverty  of  our  citizens 
and  subjects.  But  not  without  cause  come  to  states 
and  citizens  the  secret  judgments  of  God,  to  punish 
the  sins  which  have  been  committed,  as  Christ  with 
his  own  mouth  said  in  the  gospel  "Ye  shall  die  in 
your  sin."  The  Bardi  agreed  to  give  up  to  their 
creditors  their  possessions,  which  they  estimated 
would  come  to  9  shillings  and  3  pence  in  the  pound, 
but  at  a  fair  price  did  not  come  to  six  shillings  in  the 
pound 

1346.— How  the  king  of   England    came    over   the 
sea  again. 

Froissart,  ch.  121.     (i.  §§  254-5.) 
(In  spite  of  a  victory  of  the  earl  of  Derby  at  Auberoche,  in 


GODFRE Y  OF  HARCO URT.  97 

1345,  the  French  seemed  about  to  conquer  Guienne  and  were 
besieging  Aiguillon.) 

The  king  of  England,  who  had  heard  how  his  men 
were  sore  constrained  in  the  castle  of  Aiguillon, 
thought  to  go  over  the  sea  into  Gascony  with  a  great 
army.  In  the  same  season,  the  lord  Godfrey  of  Har- 
court,  who  was  banished  out  of  France,  came  into 
England.  He  was  well  received  with  the  king,  and 
retained  to  be  about  him,  and  had  fair  lands  assigned 
him  in  England  to  maintain  his  degree.  Then  the 
king  caused  a  great  navy  of  ships  to  be  ready  in  the 
haven  of  [South]  Hampton,  and  caused  all  manner 
of  men  of  war  to  draw  thither.  About  the  feast  of 
St.  John  Baptist,  the  year  of  our  Lord  God,  1346, 
the  king  departed  from  the  queen,  and  left  her  in  the 
guiding  of  the  earl  of  Kent  his  cousin,  and  he 
stablished  the  lord  Percy  and  the  lord  Neville  to  be 
wardens  of  his  realm,  with  the  archbishop  of  York, 
the  bishop  of  Lincoln  and  the  bishop  of  Durham  ; 
for  he  never  left  his  realm  but  he  left  ever  enough  at 
home  to  keep  and  defend  his  realm,  if  need  were. 
Then  the  king  rode  to  Hampton  and  there  tarried  for 
wind.  Then  he  entered  into  his  ship,  and  the  prince 
of  Wales  with  him,  the  lord  Godfrey  of  Harcourt, 
and  all  other  lords,  barons,  and  knights,  with  all  their 
companies  ;  they  were  in  number  four  thousand  men 
of  arms,  and  ten  thousand  archers,  beside  Irishmen 
and  Welshmen  that  followed  the  host  afoot.  Thus 
they  sailed  forth  that  day,  in  the  name  of  God.  They 
were  well  on  their  way  toward  Gascony,  but  on  the 
third  day  there  arose  a  contrary  wind  and  drave  them 


98 


EDWARD  LANDS  IN  NORMANDY. 


on  Cornwall,  and  there  they  lay  at  anchor  six  days. 
In  that  space  the  king  had  other  counsel  from  sir 
Godfrey  Harcourt.  He  counselled  the  king  not  to 
go  to  Gascony,  but  rather  to  set  a-land  in  Normandy, 
and  said,  "  Sir,  the  country  of  Normandy  is  one  of 
the  plenteous  countries  of  the  \vorld.  On  jeopardy 
of  my  head,  if  ye  will  land  there,  there  is  none  that 
will  resist  you  ;  the  people  of  Normandy  have  not 
been  used  to  the  war,  and  all  the  knights  and  squires 
of  the  country  are  now  at  the  siege  before  Aiguillon. 
And  sir,  there  ye  shall  find  great  towns  that  be  not 
walled,  whereby  your  men  shall  have  such  winning 
that  they  shall  be  the  better  thereby  twenty  years 
after."  The  king  who  was  then  but  in  the  flower  of 
his  youth,  desiring  nothing  so  much  as  to  have  deed 
of  arms,  inclined  greatly  to  the  saying  of  the  lord  of 
Harcourt  whom  he  called  cousin ;  then  he  commanded 
the  mariners  to  set  their  course  to  Normandy  and 
arrived  in  the  isle  of  Cotentin,  at  a  port  called  la 
Hogue. 

(He  took  Caen,  and  then  marched  east  to  join  the  Flemings ; 
but  Philip,  who  had  gathered  a  great  army  and  in  vain  tried  to 
prevent  his  crossing  the  Seine,  came  up  with  him  at  Crecy,  near 
Abbeville). 


1346,   Aug.— Of   the    order  of  the    Englishmen   at 
Crecy. 

Froissart,  ch.    128  (i.   \  274). 

On  the  Friday  the  king  of  England  lay  in  the 
fields,  for  the  country  was  plentiful  in  wines  and 
other  victual,  and  if  need  had  been  they  had  provision 


CRECY.  99 

following  in  carts  and  other  carriages.  That  night 
the  king  made  a  supper  to  all  his  chief  lords  of  his 
host,  and  made  them  good  cheer.  And  when  they 
were  all  departed  to  take  their  rest,  then  the  king 
entered  into  his  oratory,  and  kneeled  down  before 
the  altar,  praying  God  devoutly  that  if  he  fought  the 
next  day  he  might  achieve  the  enterprise  to  his 
honour.  Then  about  midnight  he  laid  him  down  to 
rest.  And  in  the  morning  he  rose  betimes  and 
heard  mass,  and  the  prince  his  son  with  him,  and  the 
most  part  of  his  company  were  confessed  and 
houseled.  And,  after  the  mass  said,  he  commanded 
every  man  to  be  armed,  and  to  draw  to  the  field  to 
the  same  place  before  appointed.  Then  the  king 
caused  a  fenced  place  to  be  made  by  the  wood  side, 
behind  his  host,  and  there  were  set  all  carts  and 
carriages,  and  within  this  park  were  all  their  horses, 
for  every  man  was  afoot.  And  into  this  park  there 
was  but  one  entry.  Then  he  ordained  three  lines  of 
battle.  In  the  first  was  the  young  prince  of  Wales, 
and  with  him  was  the  earl  of  Warwick  and  divers 
other  knights  and  squires.  They  were  eight  hundred 
men  of  arms  and  two  thousand  archers,  and  a  thou- 
sand others  with  the  Welshmen  ;  every  lord  drew  to 
the  field  appointed  under  his  own  banner  and  pennon. 
In  the  second  line  of  battle  was  the  earl  of  North- 
ampton, the  earl  of  Arundel,  and  divers  others,  about 
eight  hundred  men  of  arms  and  twelve  hundred 
archers.  The  third  line  had  the  king  ;  he  had  seven 
hundred  men  of  arms  and  two  thousand  archers. 
Then  the  king  leapt  on  a  palfrey  with  a  white  rod  in 


100 


EDWARD  REVIEWS  HIS  ARMY. 


his  hand,  one  of  his  marshals  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  other  on  the  other  hand ;  he  rode  from  rank  to 
rank,  desiring  every  man  to  take  heed  that  day  to  his 
right  and  honour.  He  spake  it  so  sweetly  and  with 
so  good  countenance  and  merry  cheer  that  all  such 
as  were  discomfited  took  courage  in  the  seeing  and 
hearing  of  him.  And  when  he  had  thus  visited  each 
line  of  battle,  it  was  then  nine  of  the  day.  Then  he 
caused  every  man  to  eat  and  drink  a  little,  and  so 
they  did  at  their  leisure.  And  afterwards  they  ordered 
again  their  battles  ;  then  every  man  lay  down  on  the 
earth,  and  by  him  his  helmet  and  bow,  to  be  the 
fresher  when  their  enemies  should  come. 

1346.— The  order  of  the  Frenchmen  at  Crecy  and 
how  they  beheld  the  demeanour  of  the  Englishmen. 

Froissart,  ch.  129  (i.  §§  275-7).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  72. 

This  Saturday  the  French  king  rose  betimes  and 
heard  mass  in  Abbeville,  in  his  lodging  in  the  abbey 
of  Saint  Peter ;  and  he  departed  after  the  sunrising. 
When  he  was  out  of  the  town  two  leagues, 
approaching  toward  his  enemies,  some  of  his  lords 
said  to  him,  "  Sir,  it  were  good  that  you  arranged 
your  lines  of  battle,  and  let  all  your  foot  men  pass 
somewhat  on  before,  that  they  be  not  troubled  with 
the  horsemen."  Then  the  king  sent  four  knights, 
.  .  .  to  ride  to  view  the  English  host.  And 
so  they  rode  so  near  that  they  might  well  see  part 
of  their  dealing.  The  Englishmen  saw  them  well, 
and  knew  well  how  they  were  come  thither  to  view 
them  ;  they  let  them  alone,  and  made  no  countenance 


PHILIP  ADVISED  TO  WAIT.  101 

toward  them,  and  let  them  return  as  they  came. 
And  when  the  French  king  saw  these  four  knights 
return  again,  he  tarried  till  they  came  to  him,  and 
said,  "  Sirs,  what  tidings?"  These  four  knights  each 
of  them  looked  on  the  other,  for  there  was  none 
would  speak  before  his  companion ;  finally,  the  king 
said  to  Moine,  who  belonged  to  the  king  of  Bohemia, 
and  had  done  in  his  days  so  much  that  he  was 
reputed  for  one  of  the  valiantest  knights  of  the 
world,  "  Sir,  speak  you."  Then  he  said,  "  Sir,  I  shall 
speak  since  it  pleaseth  you,  under  the  correction  of 
my  fellows.  Sir,  we  have  ridden  and  seen  the  behaving 
of  your  enemies ;  know  you  that  they  are  rested 
in  three  lines  of  battle,  abiding  for  you.  Sir,  I  will 
counsel  you,  as  for  my  part,  saving  your  displeasure, 
that  you  and  all  your  company  rest  here  and  lodge 
for  this  night ;  for  ere  they  that  be  behind  of  your 
company  be  come  hither,  and  ere  your  lines  be  set 
in  good  order  it  will  be  very  late,  and  your  people 
be  weary  and  out  of  array,  and  you  shall  find  your 
enemies  fresh  and  ready  to  receive  you.  Early  in 
the  morning  you  may  order  your  lines  at  more 
leisure,  and  consider  your  enemies  with  more 
deliberation,  and  regard  well  what  way  ye  will 
assail  them ;  for,  sir,  surely  they  will  abide  you." 
Then  the  king  commanded  that  it  should  be  done. 
Then  his  two  marshals  one  rode  before  and  another 
behind,  saying  to  every  banner,  "  Tarry  and  abide 
here  in  the  name  of  God  and  Saint  Denis."  They 
that  were  foremost  tarried,  but  they  that  were 
behind  would  not  tarry  but  rode  •  forth,  and  said 


102 


THE  FRENCH  REFUSE  TO  HALT. 


how  they  would  in  no  wise  abide  until  they  were 
as  far  forward  as  the  foremost.  And  when  they 
before  saw  them  come  on  behind,  then  they  rode 
forward  again,  so  that  neither  the  king  nor  his 
marshals  could  rule  them ;  so  they  rode  without 
order  or  good  array  till  they  came  in  sight  of  their 

enemies When  they  saw  that  they  were 

near  to  their  enemies,  they  took  their  swords  and 
cried,  "  Down  with  them  !  let  us  slay  them  all !  " 
There  was  no  man,  though  he  were  present  at  the 
journey,  that  could  imagine  or  show  the  truth  of 
the  evil  order  that  was  among  the  French  party, 
and  yet  they  were  a  marvellous  great  number.  What 
I  write  in  this  book,  I  learned  it  specially  of  the 
Englishmen  who  well  beheld  their  dealing,  and  also 
certain  knights  of  sir  John  of  Hainault,  who  was 
always  about  king  Philip,  shewed  me  as  they  knew. 

1346.— Of  the  battle  of  Crecy  between  the  king  of 
England  and  the  French  king. 

Frcissart,  ch.  130  (i.  §§  277-280,  283). 

The  Englishmen,  who  were  in  three  lines  of  battle 
lying  on  the  ground  to  rest  them,  as  soon  as  they 
saw  the  Frenchmen  approach,  rose  upon  their 
feet,  fair  and  easily  without  any  haste,  and  arranged 
their  lines.  The  first  was  the  prince's  division  ;  the 
archers  there  stood  in  manner  of  a  harrow,  and  the 
men  of  arms  in  the  bottom  of  the  division.  The  earl 
of  Northampton  and  the  earl  of  Arundel  with  the 
second  line  were  on  a  wing  in  good  order,  ready  to 
comfort  the  prince's  line  if  need  were.  The  lords 


THE  GENOESE.  103 

and  knights  of  France  came  not  to  the  assembly 
together  in  good  order,  for  some  came  before  and 
some  came  after,  in  such  haste  and  evil  order  that 
one  of  them  did  trouble  another.  When  the  French 
king  saw  the  Englishmen,  his  blood  changed,  and  he 
said  to  his  marshals,  "  Make  the  Genoese  go  on 
before  and  begin  the  battle,  in  the  name  of  God  and 
Saint  Denis."  There  were  of  the  Genoese  crossbow- 
men  about  fifteen  thousand  ;  but  they  were  so  weary 
of  going  afoot  that  day  six  leagues  armed  with  their 
crossbows,  that  they  said  to  their  constables,  "  We 
be  not  well  ordered  to  fight  this  day,  for  we  be  not 
in  the  case  to  do  any  great  deed  of  arms  ;  we  have 
more  need  of  rest."  These  words  came  to  the  earl 
of  Alenc.on,  who  said,  "  A  man  is  well  at  ease 
to  be  charged  with  such  a  sort  of  rascals,  who  faint 
and  fail  now  at  most  need."  Also  the  same  season 
•  there  fell  a  great  rain,  with  thunder  and  lightning 
very  great  and  horrible.  And  before  the  rain  there 
came  flying  over  both  armies  a  great  number  of 
crows  for  fear  of  the  tempest  coming.  Then  anon 
the  air  began  to  wax  clear,  and  the  sun  to  shine  fair 
and  bright ;  the  which  was  right  in  the  Frenchmen's 
eyes,  and  on  the  Englishmen's  backs.  When  the 
Genoese  were  assembled  together  and  began  to 
approach,  they  made  a  great  leap  and  cry  to  abash 
the  Englishmen,  but  they  stood  still  and  stirred  not 
for  all  that.  Then  the  Genoese  again,  the  second 
time,  made  another  leap  and  a  fell  cry,  and  stepped 
forward  a  little,  and  the  Englishmen  removed  not 
one  foot.  Thirdly  again  they  leapt  and  cried  and 


1 04  THE  ENGLISH  A  R  CHER S. 

went  forth  till  they  came  within  shot.  Then  they 
shot  fiercely  with  their  crossbows.  Then  the  English 
archers  stept  forth  one  pace  and  let  fly  their  arrows 
altogether,  and  so  thick  that  it  seemed  snow.  When 
the  Genoese  felt  the  arrows  piercing  through  heads, 
arms,  and  breasts,  many  of  them  cast  down  their 
crossbows,  and  did  cut  their  strings,  and  returned 
discomfited.  When  the  French  king  saw  them  flee 
away,  he  said,  "  Slay  these  rascals,  for  they  will 
hinder  and  trouble  us  without  reason."  Then  you 
should  have  seen  the  men  of  arms  dash  in  among 
them,  and  they  killed  a  great  number  of  them.  And 
ever  still  the  Englishmen  shot  as  they  saw  thickest 
press  ;  the  sharp  arrows  ran  into  the  men  of  arms 
and  into  their  horses  ;  and  many  fell,  horse  and  men, 
among  the  Genoese  ;  and  when  they  were  down  they 
could  not  rise  again  ;  the  press  was  so  thick  that  one 
overthrew  another.  And  also  among  the  Englishmen 
there  were  certain  rascals  that  went  afoot,  with  great 
knives,  and  they  went  in  among  the  men  of  arms, 
and  slew  and  murdered  many  as  they  lay  on  the 
ground,  both  earls,  barons,  knights,  and  squires  ; 
whereof  the  king  of  England  was  after  displeased, 
for  he  had  rather  they  had  been  taken  prisoners. 
The  valiant  king  of  Bohemia,  called  John  of 
Luxemburg,  son  to  the  noble  emperor  Henry  of 
Luxemburg,  for  all  that  he  was  nigh  blind,  when  he 
understood  the  order  of  the  battle,  he  said  to  them 
about  him,  "  Where  is  the  lord  Charles  my  son  ?" 
His  men  said,  "  Sir,  we  cannot  tell  ;  we  think  he  is 
fighting."  Then  he  said,  "  Sirs,  ye  are  my  men, 


JOHN  OF  BOHEMIA .  105 

my  companions  and  friends  in  this  enterprise ;  I 
require  you  bring  me  so  forward  that  I  may  strike 
one  stroke  with  my  sword."  They  said  they  would 
do  his  commandment ;  and  to  the  intent  that  they 
should  not  lose  him  in  the  press,  they  tied  all  their 
reins  of  their  bridles  each  to  other,  and  set  the  king 
before  to  accomplish  his  desire  ;  and  so  they  went 
on  their  enemies.  The  lord  Charles,  his  son,  who 
wrote  himself  king  of  Germany,  came  in  good  order 
to  the  battle  ;  but  when  he  saw  the  matter  went  awry 
on  their  part,  he  departed  I  cannot  tell  you  which 
way.  The  king  his  father  was  so  far  forward  that  he 
struck  a  stroke  with  his  sword,  yea  and  more  than 
four,  and  fought  valiantly.  And  so  did  his  company, 
and  they  adventured  themselves  so  forward  that  they 
were  all  slain,  and  the  next  day  they  were  found  in 
the  place  about  the  king,  and  all  their  horses  tied 

each  to  other 

The  day  of  the  battle  certain  Frenchmen  and 
Germans  perforce  opened  the  archers  of  the  prince's 
battalion,  and  came  and  fought  with  the  men  at 
arms,  hand  to  hand.  Then  the  second  division  of 
the  Englishmen  came  to  succour  the  prince's 
division,  the  which  was  time,  for  they  had  then 
much  ado.  And  they  with  the  prince  sent  a 
messenger  to  the  king,  who  was  on  a  little  windmill 
hill.  Then  the  knight  said  to  the  king,  "  Sir,  the 
earl  of  Warwick,  sir  Reynold  Cobham,  and  other 
such  as  be  about  the  prince,  your  son,  are  fiercely 
fought  withal  and  are  sore  handled  ;  wherefore  they 
desire  you  that  you  and  your  division  will  come 


106  THE  PRINCE  OF  WALES. 

and  aid  them,  for  if  the  Frenchmen  increase,  as 
they  fear  they  will,  your  son  and  they  shall  have 
much  ado."  Then  the  king  said,  "  Is  my  son  dead, 
or  hurt,  or  on  the  earth  felled  ?  "  "  No,  sir,"  quoth 
the  knight,  "  but  he  is  hardly  matched,  wherefore 
he  hath  need  of  your  aid."  "Well,"  said  the  king, 
"return  to  him  and  to  them  that  sent  you  hither, 
and  say  to  them  that  they  send  no  more  to  me 
for  any  adventure  that  falleth,  so  long  as  my  son 
is  alive ;  and  also  say  to  them  that  they  suffer  him 
this  day  to  win  his  spurs,  for,  if  God  be  pleased, 
I  will  this  day  to  be  his  and  the  honour  thereof, 
and  to  them  that  be  about  him."  Then  the  knight 
returned  again  to  them  and  shewed  the  king's  words, 
the  which  greatly  encouraged  them ;  and  they 
repined  in  that  they  had  sent  to  the  king  as  they 

did 

In  the  evening  the  French  king  had  left  about  him 
no  more  than  threescore  persons,  whereof  sir  John 
of  Hainault  was  one,  who  had  remounted  once  the 
king,  for  his  horse  was  slain  with  an  arrow.  Then 
sir  John  of  Hainault  said  to  the  king,  "  Sir,  depart 
hence,  for  it  is  time  ;  lose  not  yourself  wilfully.  If 
you  have  lost  at  this  time,  ye  shall  recover  it  again 
another  season."  And  so  he  took  the  king's  horse 
by  the  bridle  and  led  him  away  in  a  manner  perforce. 
Then  the  king  rode  till  he  came  to  the  castle  of 
Broyes.  The  gate  was  closed,  because  it  was  by 
that  time  dark.  Then  the  king  called  the  captain, 
who  came  to  the  walls  and  said,  "Who  is  it  that 
calleth  there,  this  time  of  night  ?"  Then  the  king  said, 


FLIGHT  OF  PHILIP.  107 

"  Open  your  gate  quickly,  for  this  is  the  fortune  of 
France."  The  captain  knew  then  it  was  the  king, 
and  opened  the  gate  and  let  down  the  bridge.  The 
king  would  not  tarry  there,  but  drank  and  departed 
thence  about  midnight  ;  and  so  rode  by  such  guides 
as  knew  the  country  well  till  he  came  in  the  morning 
to  Amiens,  and  there  he  rested.  This  Saturday 
the  Englishmen  never  departed  from  their  ranks 
for  chasing  of  any  man,  but  kept  still  their  field 
and  ever  defended  themselves  against  all  such  as 
came  to  assail  them.  This  battle  ended  about 
evensong  time. 

1346,  Oct.— Battle  of  Neville's  Cross. 

Chron.  of  Lane r cost,  347-357. 

(After  the  English  had  failed  to  take  Dunbar,  the  party  of 
Bruce  in  Scotland  had  re-won  the  greater  part  of  the  kingdom, 
and  in  1341  the  young  David  Bruce  returned  from  France. 
Edward  again  led  an  army  into  Scotland,  but  could  effect 
nothing;  and  in  March,  1345,  a  truce  was  agreed  to.  In  the 
summer  of  1346  at  the  instigation  of  Philip  of  France,  David 
invaded  the  Northern  counties  of  England,  but  was  met  near 
Durham  by  the  archbishop  of  York  and  lords  Neville  and 
Percy,  the  wardens  of  the  Border) . 

Now  on  the  fourteenth  day  of  October  the  bishop 
set  out  with  his  host  from  Richmond,  and  marched 
with  all  speed  by  the  straight  way  unto  Castle 
Barnard  ;  on  the  morrow,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
this  same  castle,  he  and  the  other  chiefs  held  a 
reckoning  of  their  men  of  arms,  horsemen  and 
footmen,  knights  and  esquires  ;  for  there  was  there  a 
little  hill  having  a  level  summit.  Moreover  in  the 


io8  NEVILLE'S  CROSS. 

same  place  the  commanders  did  ordain  the  arraying 
of  the  host,  and  all  else  that  was  fitting.  Accordingly 
they  parted  themselves  into  three  strong  divisions, 
whereof  the  lord  Henry  Percy  led  the  first,  the  lord 
Thomas  of  Rokeby  the  second,  but  the  third  the 
bishop  of  York  himself  commanded,  like  a  wise 
father,  a  pure  and  holy  shepherd  of  his  sheep.  And 
so  all  the  host,  not  in  hatred  as  was  Cain  when  he 
slew  his  brother,  nor  yet  in  vain  glory  as  was 
Absalom  when  the  tree  caught  him  up,  marched 
with  due  care  towards  the  town  of  Auckland,  putting 
their  trust  not  in  sword  or  helm,  in  spear  or  hauberk, 
or  other  golden  armour,  but  altogether  upon  the 
name  of  Christ,  and  knowing  beside  that  they  were 
not  going  to  attack  others,  but  to  resist  them  that 
had  come  against  them :  and  that  same  night  they 
pitched  their  tents  in  a  certain  fair  wood  and  there 
the  army  of  England  awaited  the  day.  Now  at  the 
dawning  of  the  morrow,  which  was  the  vigil  of  St. 
Luke  the  evangelist,  William  of  Douglas  and  fifty 
others  with  him  went  forth  from  the  Scottish  host  to 
harry  the  country  and  get  them  plunder  ;  whereby  it 
came  to  pass  that  the  spoil,  which  the  Scotch  took 
in  the  morning,  the  English  parted  among  themselves 
in  the  evening.  For  on  that  morning,  while  the 
Scots  were  wasting  the  village  of  Merrington,  there 
fell  on  them  suddenly  tempestuous  weather  and 
dense  clouds.  Besides  this,  there  came  to  their 
ears  the  tramp  of  steeds  and  the  clash  of  armour, 
whence  there  fell  on  them  so  sudden  a  plague  of  fear 
that  William  and  all  his  men  knew  not  whither  they 


WILLIAM  OF  DOUGLAS.  t6§ 

should  turn.  So,  as  God  willed,  smitten  with  terror 
at  this  sudden  chance,  they  stumbled  upon  the 
division  of  the  lord  archbishop  of  York  and  the 
lord  Thomas  of  Rokeby.  Thereby  many  of  them 
were  slain,  but  William  and  two  hundred  with 
him,  who  were  on  tried  horses,  escaped  for  that 
time,  though  not  unhurt.  Then  Robert  of  Ogle, 
a  man  of  great  strength,  and  by  no  means  untrained 
in  the  arts  of  war,  followed  after  them  over  hill 
and  plain,  and  many  he  slew  with  his  own  hand, 
nor  would  he  stay  until  his  steed,  out-worn  by 
exceeding  toil,  stopped  at  a  great  stream  at  the 
bottom  of  a  wooded  vale  and  could  go  no  further. 
Then  came  William  much  heated  to  the  Scottish 
host,  and  cried  aloud  with  much  fervor  of  heart : 
"  David,  quick  up !  all  the  Englishmen  are  upon 
us."  But  David  made  answer  that  it  could  not 
be ;  "  There  are  not  left,"  he  said,  "  in  England 
but  wretched  monks,  impious  priests,  swineherds, 
tailors,  and  cobblers ;  these  dare  not  face  me,  I 
am  safe  enough"  ;  nathless  they  faced  him,  and, 
as  was  afterwards  made  plain,  handled  him  right 
well.  "  Of  a  truth,"  answered  William,  "  most 
honoured  king,  saving  your  peace,  you  will  not 
find  it  so ;  they  are  many,  and  mighty  men,  and 
come  against  us  with  all  speed  and  are  eager 
after  battle."  Now,  immediately  before  these  words, 
had  come  two  Black  Monks  of  them  of  Durham 
to  treat  with  David  for  a  truce.  "  See  then,"  said 
David,  "with  what  guile  do  these  false  monks 
speak  with  us  ;  therefore  did  they  hold  us  in  conclave, 


no  DA  VI&S  VAIN  CONFIDENCE. 

that  suddenly  the  English  host  should  come  upon 
us,  thus  caught  in  their  toils."  Wherefore  he 
bade  seize  them  at  once,  and  behead  them,  but  at 
that  time  the  Scots  were  so  busied  that  the  monks 
fled  unseen,  and  with  much  joy  and  no  harm  made 
their  way  safely  back  to  their  own  place.  On  this 
wise  did  David,  more  foolish  than  a  fool,  endeavour 
to  catch  the  fish,  ere  he  had  a  net,  whereby  he  lost 
many  and  caught  but  few ;  nor  did  he  keep  to  the 
purpose  which  he  had  purposed,  and  like  another 
Haman  or  Achitophel,  what  he  had  designed  for  us 
fell  on  his  own  head.  Then,  viewing  his  people 
David  gathered  the  Scots  together,  (folk  that  were  to 
be  scattered,  as  the  event  willed,)  and,  like  a  second 
Jabin  against  Joshua,  arrayed  three  great  and  strong 
divisions  to  front  the  Englishmen.  In  the  first  rank 
he  set  the  earl  Patrick,  but  he,  like  a  man  of  no  skill, 
begged  not  to  have  the  leadership.  And  that  post  the 
earl  of  Moray  forthwith  obtained,  and  thus  in  the  first 
rank  of  the  army  he  held  the  chief  place,  and  there 
afterwards  he  fell  in  the  fray.  With  him  were  many 
valiant  men  of  Scotland,  as  the  earl  of  Strathern,  the 
earl  of  Fife,  John  of  Douglas  the  brother  of  lord 
William  of  Douglas,  the  lord  Alexander  of  Ramsay, 
and  many  other  valiant  earls  and  barons,  knights  and 
squires,  furiously  raging,  of  unbridled  spirit,  all  of 
one  mind  against  the  English,  nor  would  they  stay 
from  their  headlong  course,  but  firmly  trusting  in 
their  own  power,  and  rising  with  overweening  pride 
thought,  like  Satan,  to  reach  the  stars.  The  second 
division  David  the  king  led  himself,  not  him  of  whom 


THE  ENGLISH  COMMANDERS.  1 1 1 

the  choirs  sang  that  he  had  turned  to  flight  his  ten 
thousands  in  the  war.  With  him  he  brought  the  earl 
of  Buchan,  Malcolm  Fleming,  lord  Alexander  of 
Strathern,  the  earl  of  Monteith,  and  many  another, 
whom  we  know  not,  and,  did  we  know,  it  were  tedious 

to  relate 

About  the  third  hour  hard  by  Durham  the  English 
host  came  upon  the  Scotchmen,  and  then  in  the  first 
line  the  earl  of  Angus,  a  man  of  noble  stock,  of 
great  valour  and  wonderful  virtue,  was  ever  ready  to 
do  battle  for  his  country,  whose  fair  feats,  indeed, 
not  one  or  many  tongues  could  chronicle.  The 
lord  Henry  Percy,  a  good  warrior  like  a  second 
Judas  Maccabeus,  a  man  of  low  stature  but  great 
wisdom,  boldly  set  his  own  body  in  the  foremost 
ranks  and  made  all  bold  to  spring  into  the  fray. 
The  lord  Ralph  of  Neville,  a  truth-speaker  and  a 
valiant  man,  bold,  wise,  and  fear-worthy,  so  fought 
in  that  fray  that  thereafter  the  dints  of  his  blows 
were  to  be  seen  on  the  foe 

In  the  second  division  the  lord  archbishop  of 
York  was  their  leader,  who  called  his  sons  and  gave 
them  his  blessing 

There  was  also  a  bishop  of  the  order  of  the 
Minorites,  who  for  a  blessing  bade  the  Englishmen 
fight  like  men  on  pain  of  much  penance,  and  ordered 
that  none  should  spare  a  Scot.  And  when  he  him- 
self met  the  foe,  he  spared  not  for  inflicting  of 
penance  or  for  rebuke,  but  with  a  certain  staff 
gave  them  indulgences,  penances,  and  proper  abso- 
lution ;  such  power  had  he  then  that  with  his  staff, 


112  DAVID  TAKEN  PRISONER. 

without  any  confession  heard,  he  absolved  the  Scots 

of  all  future  trouble  in  this  world In 

the  third  division  was  the  lord  John  of  Mowbray. 
.  .  .  The  lord  Thomas  of  Rokeby,  like  a  good 
leader,  pledged  the  Scots  in  such  liquor  as,  when 
they  had  once  tasted,  they  desired  no  more  trial 
of  it,  and  stood  forth  in  all  men's  eyes  as  an  example 
of  one  who  warred  bravely  for  his  country.  .  . 
Thus  amid  the  blare  of  trumpets,  the  clashing  of 
shields,  the  hurtling  of  arrows,  you  might  have 
heard  spears  flying,  and  the  wailing  of  the  wounded. 
Arms  were  shattered,  heads  broken,  many,  alas,  slain 
on  the  field.  Before  the  hour  of  vespers  the  battle 
came  to  an  end.  The  Scots  fled  and  our  men 
slew  them ;  all  praise  to  the  Highest,  Who  on 
that  day  gave  the  victory  to  the  English.  And 
thus,  by  the  prayers  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary 
and  of  Saint  Cuthbert,  the  confessor  of  Christ, 
David  and  the  flower  of  Scotland  fell  by  the  just 
judgment  of  God  into  the  pit  which  they  themselves 
had  digged.  David,  who  called  himself  king  of 
Scotland,  was  taken,  and  not  long  after,  with  many 
nobler  captives,  was  brought  to  London  and  there 
thrown  into  prison. 

1346.— Song  of  Neville's  Cross. 

By  Laurence  Minot  {Political  Poems  (Rolls  Series)  I.  83]. 

Sir  David  had  of  his  men  great  loss 
With  sir  Edward  at  Neville's  Cross. 


HIS  DISAPPOINTMENT.  1 1 3 

Sir  David  the  Bruce, 

Would  strive,  did  he  say, 
To  ride  through  all  England, 

For  naught  would  he  stay. 

At  Westminster  Hall 

Should  his  steeds  stand 
Whilst  our  king  Edward 

Was  out  of  the  land. 

But  now  hath  sir  David 

Missed  of  his  marks, 
And  Philip  of  Valois 

With  all  their  great  clerks. 

Sir  Philip  the  Valois, 

Sooth  for  to  say, 
Sent  unto  sir  David 

And  fair  'gan  him  pray, 

To  ride  through  all  England 

Their  foemen  to  slay, 
And  said  "  none  is  at  home 

To  hinder  the  way." 

None  hinders  his  way 

To  wend  where  he  will, 
But  with  shepherds'  staves 

Found  he  his  fill. 

From  Philip  the  Valois 

Was  sir  David  sent, 
All  England  to  win, 

From  Tweed  unto  Trent. 


1 14  JOHN  OF  COPLAND. 

He  brought  many  bagmen, 
Ready  bent  was  their  bow, 

They  robbed  and  they  ravaged 
And  nought  they  let  go. 

But  shamed  were  the  knaves 
And  sad  must  they  feel, 

For  at  Neville's  Cross 
Needs  must  they  kneel. 

Of  the  archbishop  of  York 

Now  will  I  begin, 
For  he  may  with  his  right  hand 

Absolve  us  of  sin. 

Both  Durham  and  Carlisle 
They  would  never  blin* 

The  worship  of  England 
With  weapons  to  win. 

Mickle  worship  they  won, 
And  well  have  they  waken, 

For  sir  David  the  Bruce 
Was  in  that  time  taken. 

When  sir  David  the  Bruce 

Sat  on  his  steed, 
He  said  of  all  England 

Had  he  no  dread. 

But  brave  John  of  Copland, 
A  man  gay  in  weed, 

Talked  to  sir  David 

And  learned  him  his  creed. 
*  Cease. 


DAVID  IN  THE  TOWER.  115 

There  was  sir  David, 

So  doughty  in  deed, 
The  fair  town  of  London 

Had  he  as  his  meed. 

Soon  was  sir  David 

Brought  into  the  Tower, 
And  William  the  Douglas, 

With  men  of  honour. 

Sir  David  the  Bruce 

Maketh  his  moan, 
The  fair  crown  of  Scotland 

All  hath  he  foregone. 

He  looked  unto  France 

And  help  had  he  none 
Of  sir  Philip  the  Valois 

Nor  yet  of  sir  John. 

The  Scots  with  their  falsehood 

Thus  went  they  about 
All  for  to  win  England 

Whilst  Edward  was  out. 

1346.— How  Douglas  breakfasted  at  Tynemouth. 

Chronicle  of  St.  Albans,  ii.  378. 

Now  heavier  troubles  came  on  Thomas,  the  prior 
of  Tynemouth  ;  for  the  king  of  Scotland,  called 
David  the  Bruce,  taking  courage  at  the  absence  of 
king  Edward,  who  at  that  time  was  fighting  against 
Philip  king  of  France  at  Crecy,  and  prompted  by 


Ii6  A  PRIOR'S  IRONY. 

letters  from  the  said  Philip,  collected  an  army,  entered 
the  country,  killed  several,  captured  many,  burnt 
farms,  destroyed  provisions,  demanded  ransom  for 
goods,  and  did  innumerable  evils.  But  Thomas, 
amid  these  dangers,  remained  unbent,  and  put  his 
priory  in  readiness  with  men,  arms,  provisions,  and 
instruments  of  war,  in  such  a  way  that  the  enemy 
would  not  be  able  to  do  hurt  without  great  difficulty 
and  peril  to  themselves. 

At  that  time  William  Douglas,  the  leader  of  the 
army,  on  which  was  placed  all  the  hope  of  the  Scots, 
being  a  haughty,  arrogant,  and  sarcastic  man,  sent  a 
message  to  Thomas  after  his  fashion,  telling  him  to 
get  breakfast  ready,  for  in  two  days  he  was  going  to 
breakfast  with  him,  so  saying  of  a  truth  but  to 
frighten  him.  And  his  saying  was  fulfilled— for  it 
was  a  prophecy  like  that  saying  of  Caiaphas.  For 
two  days  after,  he  was  taken  prisoner,  and  sent  to 
Tynemouth  for  safe  custody.  The  prior  went  to 
meet  him,  and  jestingly  bade  him  welcome  to  the 
breakfast  he  had  prepared.  Whereat  William,  "  I'm 
very  angry  at  coming  in  this  way."  "  Nay,"  said  the 
prior/' you  could  never  be  more  welcome." 

1347,   Aug.— How  the   town  of  Calais  was    given 
up  to  the  king  of  England. 

Froissart,  ch.  146  (i.  §  311).     Jehan  le  Bel,  chs.  90-91. 

(Immediately  after  Crecy,  Edward  had  laid  siege  to  Calais. 
Philip  came  with  an  army  in  the  spring  of  the  next  year,  but  was 
unable  to  deliver  the  town,  and  withdrew.) 

After  that  the  French  king  was  thus  departed  from 


CALAIS.  117 

Sangate,  they  within  Calais  saw  well  how  their 
succour  failed  them,  for  the  which  they  were  in 
great  sorrow.  Then  they  desired  so  much  their 
captain,  sir  John  of  Vienne,  that  he  went  to  the 
walls  of  the  town,  and  made  a  sign  to  speak  with 
some  person  of  the  host.  When  the  king  heard 
thereof  he  sent  thither  sir  Walter  of  Manny  and 
sir  Basset.  Then  sir  John  of  Vienne  said  to  them, 
"  Sirs,  ye  be  right  valiant  knights  in  deeds  of  arms, 
and  ye  know  well  how  the  king,  my  master,  hath 
sent  me  and  others  to  this  town  and  commanded 
us  to  keep  it  on  his  behalf,  in  such  wise  that  we 
take  no  blame  nor  do  him  no  damage  ;  and  we 
have  done  all  that  lieth  in  our  power.  Now  our 
succours  have  failed  us,  and  we  are  sore  straitened 
that  we  have  not  wherewithal  to  live,  but  we  must 
all  die  or  else  go  mad  with  famine,  without  the 
noble  and  gentle  king  of  yours  will  take  mercy  on 
us.  Wherefore,  we  beseech  you  to  desire  him  to 
have  pity  on  us,  and  to  let  us  go  and  depart  as  we 
are,  and  let  him  take  the  town  and  castle  and  all 
the  goods  that  are  therein,  of  which  there  is  great 
abundance." 

Then  sir  Walter  of  Manny  said,  "  Sir,  we  know 
somewhat  of  the  intention  of  the  king,  our  master, 
for  he  hath  shewed  it  unto  us.  Surely  know  for 
truth  it  is  not  his  mind  that  ye  nor  they  within 
the  town  should  depart  so,  for  it  is  his  will  that 
ye  should  put  yourselves  into  his  pure  will  to  ransom 
all  such  as  pleaseth  him,  and  to  put  to  death  such 
as  he  list ;  for  they  of  Calais  have  done  him  such 


n8  SIX   WALTER  OF  MANNY. 

contraries  and  despites,  and  have  caused  him  to 
spend  so  much  of  his  goods,  and  has  lost  so  many 
of  his  men,  that  he  is  sore  grieved  against  them." 

Then  the  captain  said,  "  Sir,  this  is  too  hard  a 
matter  to  us.  We  are  here  within  but  a  small 
number  of  knights  and  squires,  who  have  truly  served 
the  king,  our  master,  as  well  as  you  serve  yours  in 
like  case.  And  we  have  endured  much  pain  and 
unease  ;  but  we  will  yet  endure  as  much  pain  as 
ever  knight  did,  rather  than  to  consent  that  the 
worst  lad  in  the  town  should  have  any  more  evil 
than  the  greatest  of  us  all.  Therefore,  sir,  we  pray 
you  of  your  humility  yet  that  you  will  go  and  speak 
to  the  king  of  England,  and  desire  him  to  have 
pity  on  us  ;  for  we  trust  to  find  in  him  so  much 
gentleness,  that  by  the  grace  of  God  his  purpose 
shall  change."  Sir  Walter  of  Manny  and  sir  Basset 
returned  to  the  king  and  declared  to  him  all  that 
had  been  said.  The  king  said  he  would  none  other- 
wise, but  that  they  should  yield  them  up  simply  to 
his  pleasure.  Then  sir  Walter  said,  "  Sir,  saving 
your  displeasure  in  this,  you  may  be  in  the  wrong, 
for  you  shall  give  by  this  an  evil  example.  If  you  send 
any  of  us  your  servants  into  any  fortress,  we  will  not 
be  very  glad  to  go,  if  you  put  any  of  them  in  the 
town  to  death  after  they  have  yielded,  for  in  likewise 
they  will  deal  with  us  if  the  case  chanced  alike." 
The  which  words  divers  other  lords  that  were  present 
sustained  and  maintained.  Then  the  king  said, 
"  Sirs,  I  will  not  be  alone  against  you  all ;  therefore, 
sir  Walter  of  Manny,  you  shall  go  and  say  to  the 


EUSTACE  OF  ST.  PETER'S.  119 

captain  that  all  the  grace  that  he  shall  find  now 
in  me  is,  that  they  let  six  of  the  chief  burgesses 
of  the  town  come  out  bare-headed,  bare-footed,  and 
bare-legged  and  in  their  shirts,  with  halters  about 
their  necks,  with  the  keys  of  the  town  and  castle 
in  their  hands  ;  and  let  these  six  yield  themselves 
purely  to  my  will,  and  the  residue  I  will  take  to 
mercy."  Then  sir  Walter  returned  and  found  sir 
John  of  Vienne  still  on  the  wall,  abiding  for  an 
answer.  Then  sir  Walter  shewed  him  all  the  grace 
that  he  could  get  of  the  king.  "Well,"  quoth  sir 
John,  "  Sir,  I  beseech  you  tarry  here  a  certain  space 
till  I  go  into  the  town  and  shew  this  to  the  commons 
of  the  town,  who  sent  me  hither."  Then  sir  John 
went  into  the  Market  Place  and  sounded  the  common 
bell.  Then  forthwith  men  and  women  assembled 
there ;  then  the  captain  made  report  of  all  that 
he  had  done,  and  said,  "  Sirs,  it  will  be  none  other- 
wise, therefore  now  take  advice  and  make  a  short 
answer."  Then  all  the  people  began  to  weep  and 
to  make  such  sorrow,  that  there  was  not  so  hard 
a  heart  if  they  had  seen  them,  but  that  would  have 
had  great  pity  of  them ;  the  captain  himself  wept 
piteously.  At  last  the  most  rich  burgess  of  all 
the  town,  called  Eustace  of  Saint  Peter's,  rose  up 
and  said  openly,  "  Sirs,  great  and  small,  great 
mischief  it  should  be  to  suffer  to  die  such  people 
as  are  in  this  town,  either  by  famine  or  otherwise, 
when  there  is  a  way  to  save  them.  I  think  he 
or  they  should  have  great  merit  of  our  Lord  God 
that  might  keep  them  from  such  mischief.  As  for 


1 2  o  THE  SIX  B  UR  G ESSES. 

my  part  I  have  good  trust  in  our  Lord  God  that 
if  I  die  to  save  the  residue,  that  God  will  pardon 
me.  Wherefore,  to  save  them,  I  will  be  the  first 
to  put  my  life  in  jeopardy."  When  he  had  thus 
said,  every  man  worshipped  him .  and  divers  kneeled 
down  at  his  feet  with  sore  weeping  and  sore  sighs. 
Then  another  honest  burgess  rose  and  said,  "  I 
will  keep  company  with  my  gossip  Eustace."  He 
was  called  John  Daire.  Then  rose  up  Jacques  of 
Wisant,  who  was  rich  in  goods  and  heritage  ;  he 
said  also  he  would  hold  company  with  his  two 
cousins ;  likewise  so  did  Peter  Wisant,  his  brother. 
And  then  rose  two  others  and  said  they  would  do 
the  same.  Then  they  went  and  apparelled  them 
as  the  king  desired. 

Then  the  captain  went  with  them  to  the  gate  ; 
there  was  great  lamentation  made  of  men,  women, 
and  children  at  their  departing.  Then  the  gate  was 
opened  and  he  issued  out  with  the  six  burgesses  and 
closed  the  gate  again,  for  that  they  were  between  the 
gate  and  the  barriers.  Then  he  said  to  sir  Walter 
of  Manny,  "  Sir,  I  deliver  here  to  you  as  captain  of 
Calais,  by  the  whole  consent  of  all  the  people  of  the 
town,  these  six  burgesses.  And  I  swear  to  you  truly 
that  they  are  to-day  the  most  honourable,  rich, 
and  most  notable  burgesses  of  all  the  town  of  Calais. 
Wherefore,  gentle  knight,  I  beseech  you  pray  the 
king  have  mercy  on  them  that  they  die  not."  Quoth 
sir  Walter,  "  I  can  not  say  what  the  king  will  do,  but 
I  shall  do  for  them  the  best  I  can."  Then  the 
barriers  were  opened  ;  the  six  burgesses  went 


ORDERED  TO  EXECUTION.  \  2  I 

towards  the  king,  and  the  captain  entered  again  into 
the  town.  When  sir  Walter  presented  these  burgesses 
to  the  king  they  kneeled  down  and  held  up  their 
hands  and  said,  "  Gentle  king,  behold  here  we  six, 
who  were  burgesses  in  Calais  and  great  merchants, 
have  brought  to  you  the  keys  of  the  town  and  of  the 
castle,  and  we  submit  ourselves  clearly  into  your  will 
and  pleasure  to  save  the  residue  of  the  people  of 
Calais,  who  have  suffered  great  pain.  Sir,  we  beseech 
your  grace  to  have  mercy  and  pity  on  us  through 
your  high  nobleness."  Then  all  the  earls  and  barons 
and  others  that  were  there  wept  for  pity.  Then  the 
king  looked  felly  on  them,  for  greatly  he  hated  the 
people  of  Calais  for  the  great  damages  and  dis- 
pleasures they  had  done  him  on  the  sea  before. 
Then  he  commanded  their  heads  to  be  stricken  off. 
Then  every  man  besought  the  king  for  mercy,  but  he 
would  hear  no  man  in  that  behalf.  Then  sir  Walter 
of  Manny  said,  "Ah  !  noble  king,  for  God's  sake 
refrain  your  wrath  ;  jou  have  the  name  of  sovereign 
nobleness,  therefore  now  do  not  a  thing  that  should 
blemish  your  renown,  nor  give  cause  to  some  to 
speak  of  you  any  villany.  Every  man  will  say  it  is  a 
great  cruelty  to  put  to  death  such  honest  persons, 
who  by  their  own  wills  put  themselves  into  your 
grace  to  save  their  company."  Then  the  king  turned 
away  from  him,  and  commanded  to  send  for  the 
hangmen,  and  said,  "  They  of  Calais  have  caused 
many  of  my  men  to  be  slain,  wherefore  these  shall 
die  in  like  wise."  Then  the  queen,  being  great  with 
child,  kneeled  down  and  sore  weeping  said,  "Ah! 


122  QUEEN  PHILIPPA. 


gentle  sir,  since  I  passed  the  sea  in  great  peril  I 
have  desired  nothing  of  you,  therefore  I  now  humbly 
pray  you  in  honour  of  the  Son  of  the  Virgin  Mary, 
and  for  the  love  of  me,  that  you  will  take  mercy  of 
these  six  burgesses."  The  king  beheld  the  queen, 
arid  stood  still  in  thought  a  space,  and  then  said, 
"  Ah  !  dame,  I  would  you  had  been  now  in  some 
other  place  ;  you  make  such  request  of  me  that  I 
cannot  deny  you.  Wherefore  I  give  them  to  you  to 
do  your  pleasure  with  them."  Then  the  queen 
caused  them  to  be  brought  into  her  chamber,  and 
made  the  halters  to  be  taken  from  their  necks,  and 
caused  them  to  be  new-clothed,  and  gave  them  their 
dinner  at  their  leisure.  And  then  she  gave  each  of 
them  six  nobles,  and  made  them  to  be  brought  out  of 
the  host  in  safeguard  and  set  at  their  liberty. 

(In  Sept.  a  truce  was  signed  with  Philip,  and  this  was 
repeatedly  renewed  until  1355.) 

1349.— Of  the  Black  Death. 

Knighton,  2599. 

Then  the  grievous  plague  penetrated  the  seacoasts 
from  Southampton,  and  came  to  Bristol,  and 
there  almost  the  whole  strength  of  the  town  died, 
struck  as  it  were  by  sudden  death  ;  for  there  were  few 
who  kept  their  beds  more  than  three  days,  or  two 
days,  or  half  a  day  ;  and  after  this  the  fell  death 
broke  forth  on  every  side  with  the  course  of  the  sun. 
There  died  at  Leicester  in  the  small  parish  of  S. 
Leonard  more  than  380,  in  the  parish  of  Holy 
Cross  more  than  400  ;  in  the  parish  of  S.  Margaret 


THE  BLA  CK  DEA  TH.  1 2  3 

of  Leicester  more  than  700  ;  and  so  in  each  parish  a 
great  number.      Then  the  bishop  of   Lincoln  sent 
through    the    whole    bishopric,    and    gave    general 
power   to    all    and    every   priest,    both    regular   and 
secular,  to   hear  confessions,  and   absolve  with  full 
and  entire  episcopal  authority  except  in  matters  of 
debt,   in  which   case  the   dying   man,   if  he    could, 
should  pay  the  debt  while  he  lived,  or  others  should 
certainly   fulfil    that    duty    from    his    property    after 
his  death.     Likewise,  the  pope  granted  full  remission 
of  all  sins  to  whoever  was  absolved  in  peril  of  death, 
and  granted   that   this   power  should   last   till    next 
Easter,  and  everyone  could    choose  a  confessor  at 
his  will.     In  the  same  year  there  was  a  great  plague 
of  sheep   everywhere  in  the  realm,   so  that  in   one 
place  there  died  in  one  pasturage  more  than  5,000 
sheep,   and  so    rotted   that   neither   beast   nor   bird 
would    touch  them.      And   there  were   small  prices 
for   everything   on    account    of   the   fear   of   death. 
For  there  were  very  few   who    cared   about    riches 
or  anything  else.     For  a  man  could  have  a  horse, 
which    before   was   worth    405.,    for    6s.  8d.,    a    fat 
ox  for  45.,  a  cow  for  i2d.,  a  heifer  for  6d.,  a  fat 
wether   for   4d.,  a  sheep   for    3d.,  a   lamb    for   2d., 
a  big  pig  for  5d.,  a  stone  of  wool  for  gd.      Sheep 
and  cattle  went  wandering  over  fields  and  through 
crops,   and  there  was  no  one  to   go   and   drive    or 
gather  them,  so  that  the  number  cannot  be  reckoned 
which  perished  in  the  ditches  in  every  district,  for 
lack   of  herdsmen ;    for   there   was    such   a  lack  of 
servants  that  no  one  knew  what  he  ought  to  do. 


124  77//'; 

In  the  following-  autumn  no  one  could  get  a  reaper 
for  less  than  8d.  with  his  food,  a  mower  for  less 
than  izd.  with  his  food.  Wherefore  many  crops 
perished  in  the  fields  for  want  of  some  one  to  gather 
them ;  but  in  the  pestilence  year,  as  is  above  said 
of  other  things,  there  was  such  abundance  of  all 
kinds  of  corn  that  no  one  much  troubled  about  it. 
The  Sjots,  hearing  of  the  cruel  pestilence  of  the 
English,  believed  it  had  come  to  them  from  the 
avenging  hand  of  God,  and — as  it  was  commonly 
reported  in  England — took  for  their  oath  when  they 
wanted  to  swear,  "By  the  foul  death  of  England." 
But  when  the  Scots,  believing  the  English  were  under 
the  shadow  of  the  dread  vengeance  of  God,  came 
together  in  the  forest  of  Selkirk,  with  purpose  to 
invade  the  whole  realm  of  England,  the  fell 
mortality  came  upon  them,  and  the  sudden  and 
awful  cruelty  of  death  winnowed  them,  so  that 
about  5,000  died  in  a  short  time.  Then  the  rest, 
some  feeble,  some  strong,  determined  to  return 
home,  but  the  English  followed  and  overtook  them 
and  killed  many  of  them. 

Master  Thomas  of  Bradwardine  was  consecrated 
by  the  pope  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and  when  he 
returned  to  England  he  came  to  London,  but  within 
two  days  was  dead.  He  was  famous  beyond  all  other 
clerks  in  the  whole  of  Christendom,  especially  in 
theology,  but  likewise  in  the  other  liberal  sciences. 
At  the  same  time  priests  were  in  such  poverty  every- 
where that  many  churches  were  widowed  and  lacking 
the  divine  offices,  masses,  mattins, vespers,  sacraments, 


HIGHER   WAGES  DEMANDED.  125 

and  other  rites.  A  man  could  scarcely  get  a  chaplain 
underlie  or  10  marks  to  minister  to  a  church.  And 
when  a  man  could  get  a  chaplain  for  5  or  4  marks 
or  even  for  two  marks  with  his  food  when  there 
was  an  abundance  of  priests  before  the  pestilence, 
there  was  scarcely  anyone  now  who  was  willing  to 
accept  a  vicarage  for  £20  or  20  marks ;  but  within 
a  short  time  a  very  great  multitude  of  those  whose 
wives  had  died  in  the  pestilence  flocked  into  orders, 
of  whom  many  were  illiterate  and  little  more  than 
laymen,  except  so  far  as  they  knew  how  to  read 
although  they  could  not  understand. 

Meanwhile  the  king  sent  proclamation  into  all  the 
counties  that  reapers  and  other  labourers  should  not 
take  more  then  they  had  been  accustomed  to  take, 
under  the  penalty  appointed  by  statute.  But  the 
labourers  were  so  lifted  up  and  obstinate  that  they 
would  not  listen  to  the  king's  command,  but  if  anyone 
wished  to  have  them  he  had  to  give  them  what  they 
wanted,  and  either  lose  his  fruit  and  crops,  or  satisfy  the 
lofty  and  covetous  wishes  of  the  workmen.  And  when 
it  was  known  to  the  king  that  they  had  not  observed 
his  command,  and  had  given  greater  wages  to  the 
labourers,  he  levied  heavy  fines  upon  abbots,  priors, 
knights,  greater  and  lesser,  and  other  great  folk 
and  small  folk  of  the  realm,  of  some  iocs.,  of  some 
4os.,  of  some  2os.,  from  each  according  to  what 
he  could  give.  He  took  from  each  carucate*  of  the 
realm  zos.,  and,  notwithstanding  this,  a  fifteenth. 
And  afterwards  the  king  had  many  labourers  arrested, 
*  A  hundred  acres. 


126 


LACK  OF  SERVANTS 


and  sent  them  to  prison  ;  many  withdrew  themselves 
and  went  into  the  forests  and  woods ;  and  those 
who  were  taken  were  heavily  fined.  Their  ringleaders 
were  made  to  swear  that  they  would  not  take  daily 
wages  beyond  the  ancient  custom,  and  then  were  freed 
from  prison.  And  in  like  manner  was  done  with  the 
other  craftsmen  in  the  boroughs  and  villages. 
After  the  aforesaid  pestilence,  many  buildings,  great 
and  small,  fell  into  ruins  in  every  city,  borough, 
and  village  for  lack  of  inhabitants,  likewise  many 
villages  and  hamlets  became  desolate,  not  a  house 
being  left  in  them,  all  having  died  who  dwelt  there  ; 
and  it  was  probable  that  many  such  villages  would 
never  be  inhabited.  In  the  winter  following  there 
was  such  a  want  of  servants  in  work  of  all  kinds, 
that  one  would  scarcely  believe  that  in  times  past 

there  had  been  such  a  lack And  so 

all  necessaries  became  so  much  dearer  that  what 
in  times  past  had  been  worth  a  penny,  was  then 
worth  4d.  or  5d. 

Magnates  and  lesser  lords  of  the  realm  who  had 
tenants  'made  abatements  of  the  rent  in  order  that 
the  tenants  should  not  go  away  on  account  of  the 
want  of  servants  and  the  general  dearness,  some 
half  the  rent,  some  more,  some  less,  some  for  two 
years,  some  for  three,  some  for  one  year,  according 
as  they  could  agree  with  them.  Likewise,  those 
who  received  of  their  tenants  daywork  throughout 
the  year,  as  is  the  practice  with  villeins,  had  to 
give  them  more  leisure,  and  remit  such  works,  and 
either  entirely  to  free  them,  or  give  them  an  easier 


£r.   ALBANY.  127 

tenure  at  a  small  rent,  so  that  homes  should  not 
be  everywhere  irrecoverably  ruined,  and  the  land 
everywhere  remain  entirely  uncultivated. 

1349. —Of  the  death  of  abbot  Michael  of  St.  Alban's. 

Chronicle  of  S.  A/bans,  ii.  369. 

(This  example  of  the  mortality  caused  by  the  Black  Death  is 
here  given  because  it  throws  light  on  the  condition  of  the  most 
celebrated  of  English  monasteries.) 

He  had  brought  much  good  to  the  monastery 'by 
his  labour,  when  the  pestilence  came  which  destroyed 
almost  the  half  of  all  flesh,  and  prevented  him  with 
untimely  death  ;  his  life  was  cut  off,  as  by  a  weaver's 
shears,  when  it  seemed  but  beginning.  He  was 
touched  by  this  common  malady  among  the  first  of 
the  monks  struck  by  the  fatal  plague  ;  and  although 
on  Sunday  he  began  to  feel  the  sickness  of  his  body, 
yet  moved  by  the  solemnity  of  the  festival  and  the 
memory  of  our  Lord's  humility,  even  before  breakfast 
he  solemnly  celebrated  a  greater  mass,  and  after 
mass  with  due  humility  and  reverence  washed  the 
feet  of  his  poor,  and  after  the  meal  washed  and  kissed 
the  feet  of  all  the  friars,  and  fulfilled  all  the  duty  of 
that  day  by  himself  without  any  help. 

On  the  morrow,  his  sickness  increasing,  he  betook 
himself  to  his  bed,  and  like  a  true  Catholic,  having 
made  a  pure  confession  with  contrition  of  heart,  he 
received  the  last  sacraments  of  unction  ;  and  so  with 
grief  and  mourning  drew  out  the  time  till  the  ninth 
day  of  Easter.  On  which  day,  while  the  convent 
was  breakfasting,  the  hearts  of  all  his  monks  were 


1 2  8  DRA  TH  OF  THE  ABBO T. 

saddened  by  his  departure.  He  had  been  carried 
from  the  false  shadows  of  this  world  to  the  true  light, 
from  incessant  labour  to  rest,  from  mourning  to  the 
ineffable  joy  of  his  Lord.  Assuredly  during  the 
whole  of  his  life,  he  was  most  pious,  most  compas- 
sionate, and,  like  as  we  are  told  of  Moses,  most  mild. 

There  died  at  that  time,  besides  those  many  who 
were  lost  at  the  cells  (dependent  priories),  47  monks 
of  remarkable  piety  and  learning,  most  of  whom 
certainly  had  not  their  equals  in  virtue.  This  we 
believe  was  done  for  this  purpose,  that  a  man  of 
angelic  name  and  actions  should  not  appear  alone 
and  without  companions  in  the  presence  of  the  Judge, 
a  man  who  his  whole  life  had  not  ceased  to  multiply 
his  Lord's  talent,  and  had  cleansed  so  much  grain 
worthy  to  be  carried  into  the  Lord's  granary. 

But  because  there  is  no  man  on  earth  who  does  not 
sin,  nor  a  son  of  man  who  does  not  offend,  so,  that  he 
may  not  be  believed  entirely  free  from  fault,  to  his  neg- 
ligence is  it  to  be  ascribed,  that  he  pulled  down  and 
sold  the  beautiful  hall  made  by  the  expense  and  care 
of  his  predecessor  at  his  manor  at  Tydenhanger,  to 
the  no  small  inconvenience  of  his  successors,  and  to 
the  notable  injury  of  the  place.  For  this  is  the 
nature  of  almost  all  prelates  who  follow  others,  that 
they  care  little  for  the  works  of  their  predecessors, 
and  either  destroy  their  rich  buildings  or  cease  to 
visit  them,  caring  more  for  other  places  that  their 
fancy  chooses.  Yet  the  holy  man  must  be  forgiven, 
for  although  indeed  he  did  commit  this  fault,  yet  he 
prepared  and  carried  out  innumerable  benefits  in 


A  STRANGE  SIGHT.  tig 

comparison  wherewith  the  error  I  have  mentioned 
disappears,  like  a  tiny  drop  of  water  thrown  amid 
great  flames. 

1349.— Of  the  Flagellants. 

Robert  of  Avesbury,  p.  179. 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1 349,  about  the  feast 
of  S.  Michael,  more  than  *  men,  having  for  the 
most  part  their  origin  in  Zealand  and  Holland, 
came  from  Flanders  to  London,  and  sometimes  in 
the  church  of  S.  Paul,  sometimes  in  other  places 
of  the  same  city,  twice  a-day  in  the  sight  of  the 
people,  clad  from  thigh  to  ankle  in  linen  cloth, 
the  rest  of  the  body  bare,  each  having  upon  his 
head  a  cap  marked  with  a  red  cross  before  and 
behind,  each  holding  in  the  right  hand  a  scourge 
with  three  cords,  each  (cord)  having  one  knot, 
through  the  middle  of  some  of  which  knots  sharp 
nails  were  fixed,  walked  one  after  the  other  in  pro- 
cession with  bare  feet,  and  scourged  themselves  with 
these  scourges  on  their  bare  and  bleeding  bodies, 
four  of  them  singing  in  their  language  and  four 
replying,  like  Litanies  sung  by  Christians.  In  this 
procession  they  all  thrice  prostrated  themselves  to 
the  ground,  with  their  hands  stretched  in  the  shape 
of  a  cross,  ever  singing ;  and  then  finally  some  lay 
down  and  others  stepped  upon  them  and  scourged 
them  with  their  scourges,  and  this  they  did  one  after 
the  other  until  the  rite  had  been  observed  with  all 
of  them.  Afterwards  each  put  on  his  usual  clothes, 
*  The  number  is  wanting. 


1 30  TREASON  AT  CALAIS. 

and  bearing  the  caps  on  their  heads  and  scourges 
in  their  hands,  they  returned  to  their  inns  ;  and  did 
like  penance  as  was  said,  every  night. 

1349.— How  sir  Amery  of  Pavia,  a  Lombard,  sold 
the  town  of  Calais,  whereof  he  was  captain,  to 
the  lord  Geoffrey  Charny  of  France. 

Froissart,  ch.  150  (I.  §  317). 

All  this  season  in  the  town  of  St.  Omer  was  the 
lord  Geoffrey  of  Charny,  who  kept  the  frontiers  there. 
He  bethought  him  how  the  Lombards  naturally  be 
covetous  ;  wherefore  he  thought  to  assay  to  get  the 
town  of  Calais,  whereof  Amery  of  Pavia,  a  Lombard, 
was  captain.  By  reason  of  the  truce  they  of  St. 
Omer  might  go  to  Calais,  and  they  of  Calais  to  St. 
Omer,  so  that  daily  they  resorted  together  to  do 
their  merchandises.  Then  sir  Geoffrey  secretly  fell 
into  treaty  with  sir  Amery  of  Pavia,  so  that  he 
promised  to  deliver  into  the  Frenchmen's  hands  the 
town  and  castle  of  Calais  for  twenty  thousand 
crowns.  This  was  not  done  so  secretly  but  that  the 
king  of  England  had  knowledge  thereof;  then  the 
king  sent  for  Amery  of  Pavia  to  come  into  England 
to  Westminster  to  speak  with  him,  and  so  he  came 
over,  for  he  thought  that  the  king  had  not  had 
knowledge  of  the  matter ;  he  thought  he  had  done  it 
so  secretly.  When  the  king  saw  him  he  took  him 
apart  and  said,  "  Thou  knowest  well  I  have  given 
thee  in  keeping  the  thing  in  this  world  that  I  love 
best,  next  my  wife  and  children  ;  that  is  to  say,  the 
town  and  castle  of  Calais,  and  thou  hast  sold  it  to 


A  BROKEN  BARGAIN.  13! 

the  Frenchmen,  wherefore  thou  hast  well  deserved 
to  die."  Then  the  Lombard  knelt  down  and  said, 
"  Ah,  noble  king,  I  cry  your  mercy.  It  is  true  that 
ye  say.  But,  sir,  the  bargain  may  well  be  broken, 
for  as  yet  I  have  received  never  a  penny."  The  king 
had  loved  well  the  Lombard,  and  said,  "Amery,  I 
wish  that  thou  go  forward  on  thy  bargain,  and  let  me 
have  knowledge  beforehand  of  the  day  thou  appointest 
to  deliver  up  the  town  ;  and  upon  this  condition  I 
forgive  thee  thy  trespass."  .  .  Then  sir  Geoffrey  of 
Charny  thought  well  to  have  Calais,  and  assembled 
a  certain  number  secretly,  some  five  hundred  spears. 
There  were  but  a  few  that  knew  what  he  purposed ; 
I  think  he  never  made  the  French  king  of  knowledge 
thereof ;  for  if  he  had,  I  trow  the  king  would  not 
have  consented  thereto,  because  of  the  truce.  This 
Lombard  had  appointed  to  deliver  the  castle  the  first 
night  of  the  new  year,  and  sent  word  thereof  by  a 
brother  of  his  to  the  king  of  England. 

1350.— Of  the  battle  at  Calais  between  the  king  of 
England,  under  the  banner  of  sir  Walter  of 
Manny,  and  sir  Geoffrey  of  Charny  and  the 
Frenchmen. 

Froissart,  ch.  151  (I.  §§  318-9). 

When  the  king  of  England  knew  the  certain  day 
appointed,  he  departed  out  of  England  with  three 
hundred  men  of  arms  and  six  hundred  archers, 
and  took  shipping  at  Dover,  and  in  the  evening- 
arrived  at  Calais,  so  secretly  that  no  man  knew 
thereof,  and  laid  his  men  in  bushments  in  the 


1 3  2  GEOFFRE  Y  OF  CHA RN  Y. 

chambers  and  towers  within  the  castle.  Then 
the  king  said  to  sir  Walter  Manny,  "  I  wish  that 
ye  be  chief  of  this  enterprise,  for  I  and  my  son 
the  prince  will  fight  under  your  banner."  The  lord 
Geoffrey  of  Charny,  the  last  day  of  December  at 
night,  departed  from  Arras  and  all  his  company, 
and  came  near  to  Calais  about  the  hour  of  midnight, 
and  sent  two  squires  to  the  postern  gate  of  the 
castle  of  Calais,  and  there  they  found  sir  Amery 
ready.  Then  they  demanded  of  him  if  it  were  time 
that  the  lord  Geoffrey  should  come ;  and  the 
Lombard  said,  "Yes."  Then  sir  Geoffrey  sent 
twelve  knights  with  a  hundred  men  of  arms  to  go 
and  take  possession  of  the  castle  of  Calais,  for 
he  thought  well  that  if  he  might  have  the  castle 
he  should  soon  get  the  town,  seeing  he  had  so  great 
a  number  of  men  with  him  and  daily  might  have 
more.  And  he  delivered  to  the  lord  Odoart  of 
Renty  twenty  thousand  crowns  to  pay  the  Lombard  ; 
and  sir  Geoffrey  remained  still  in  the  fields  firmly, 
with  his  banner  before  him.  The  Lombard  let 
down  the  bridge  of  the  postern  and  suffered  the 
hundred  men  to  enter  peacably,  and  sir  Odoart 
delivered  at  the  postern  twenty  thousand  crowns 
in  a  bag  to  the  Lombard,  who  said,  "  I  trust  here 
be  all,  for  I  have  no  leisure  now  to  count  them, 
for  it  will  be  day  anon."  Then  he  cast  the  bag 
with  crowns  into  a  coffer,  and  said  to  the  Frenchmen, 
•'Come  on,  sirs;  ye  shall  enter  into  the  donjon; 
then  shall  you  be  sure  to  be  lords  of  the  castle." 
They  went  thither,  and  he  drew  apart  the  bar,  and 


MANNY  TO  THE  RESCUE.  133 

the  gate  opened.  Within  this  tower  was  the  king 
of  England  with  two  hundred  spears,  who  issued 
out  with  their  swords  and  axes  in  their  hands,  crying, 
"Manny!  Manny!  to  the  rescue!  What  weeneth 
the  Frenchmen  with  so  few  men  to  win  the  castle 
of  Calais."  Then  the  Frenchmen  saw  well  that 
defence  could  not  avail  them,  and  yielded  themselves 
prisoners,  and  they  were  put  into  the  same  tower 
in  prison.  And  the  Englishmen  issued  out  of  the 
castle  into  the  town,  and  mounted  on  their  horses, 
for  they  had  all  the  French  prisoners'  horses,  and 
rode  to  the  Boulogne  gate.  There  was  sir  Geoffrey 
with  his  banner  before  him,  for  he  had  great  desire 
to  be  the  first  that  should  enter  the  town,  and  he 
said  to  the  knights  that  were  about  him,  "  Without 
this  Lombard  open  the  gate  shortly  we  are  like  to 
die  here  for  cold."  "  In  the  name  of  God,  sir," 
said  Pepin  de  Werre,  "  Lombards  are  malicious 
people  and  subtle  ;  he  is  now  looking  on  your  crowns 
to  see  if  they  be  all  good  or  not,  and  to  reckon  if  he 
have  his  whole  sum  or  no."  Therewith  the  king 
of  England  and  the  prince,  his  son,  were  ready  at 
the  gate,  under  the  banner  of  sir  Walter  of  Manny. 
Then  the  great  gate  was  set  open,  and  they  all 
issued  out.  When  the  Frenchmen  saw  them  issue 
and  heard  them  cry,  "  Manny  to  the  rescue  !  "  they 
knew  well  they  were  betrayed.  Then  sir  Geoffrey 
said  to  his  company,  "  Sirs,  if  we  fly  we  are  clean 
lost,  so  it  were  better  to  fight  with  a  good  heart." 
The  Englishmen  heard  these  words  and  said,  "  By 
Saint  George,  ye  say  truly,  shame  have  he  that 


134  ED  IVAR&S  PR O  WESS. 

flieth."  The  Frenchmen  alighted  afoot  and  put 
their  horses  from  them  and  ordered  themselves  in 
battle.  When  the  king  saw  that,  he  stood  still  and 
said,  "  Let  us  order  ourselves  in  battle,  for  our 

enemies  will  abide  us." 

Now  let  us  speak  of  the  king  who  was  there 
unknown  of  his  enemies,  under  the  banner  of  sir 
Walter  of  Manny,  and  was  afoot  among  his  men  to 
seek  his  enemies,  who  stood  together  with  their 
spears,  a  five  foot  long.  At  the  first  meeting  there 
was  a  sore  rencontre  ;  and  the  king  lighted  on  the 
lord  Eustace  of  Ribeaumont,  who  was  a  strong  and 
hardy  knight.  There  was  a  long  fight  between  him 
and  the  king,  that  it  was  joy  to  behold  them  ;  at 
last  they  were  put  asunder,  for  a  great  company 
of  both  parties  came  the  same  way,  and  fought 
there  fiercely  together.  The  Frenchmen  did  there 
right  valiantly,  but  especially  the  lord  Eustace  of 
Ribeaumont,  who  struck  the  king  the  same  day 
two  times  on  his  knees,  but  finally  the  king  himself 
took  him  prisoner,  and  so  he  yielded  his  sword 
to  the  king  and  said,  "  Sir  knight,  I  yield  me  as 
your  prisoner,"  for  he  knew  not  then  that  it  was 
the  king."  And  so  the  day  was  for  the  king  of 
England,  and  all  that  were  there  with  sir  Geoffrey 
slain  or  taken. 

1350.  — Of   a    chaplet  of  pearls   that   the   king    of 
England  gave  to  sir  Eustace  of  Ribeaumont. 

Froissart,  ch.  152  (i.  §  320).     Jehan  le  Bel,  ch.  93. 
When  this  battle  was  done  the  king  returned  again 


SUPPER.  135 

to  the  castle  of  Calais,  and  caused  all  the  prisoners 
to  be  brought  thither.  Then  the  Frenchmen  knew 
well  that  the  king  had  been  there  personally  himself, 
under  the  banner  of  sir  Walter  of  Manny.  The 
king  said  he  would  give  them  all  that  night  a  supper 
in  the  castle  of  Calais  ;  the  hour  of  supper  came  and 
the  tables  were  covered.  And  the  king  and  his 
knights  were  there  ready,  every  man  in  new  apparel, 
and  the  Frenchmen  also  were  there  and  made  good 
cheer  though  they  were  prisoners.  The  king  sat 
down,  and  the  lords  and  knights  about  him,  right 
honourably.  The  prince,  the  lords,  and  the  knights 
of  England  served  the  king  at  the  first  mess  ;  and  at 
the  second  they  sat  down  at  another  table  ;  they 
were  all  well  served  and  at  great  leizure.  Then 
when  supper  was  done  and  the  tables  taken  away, 
the  king  tarried  still  in  the  hall  with  his  knights, 
and  with  the  Frenchmen,  and  he  was  bare  headed 
saving  a  chaplet  of  fine  pearls  that  he  wore  on  his 
head.  Then  the  king  went  from  one  to  another  of 
the  Frenchmen.  And  when  he  came  to  sir  Geoffrey 
of  Charny,  a  little  he  changed  his  countenance,  and 
looked  on  him  and  said,  "  Sir  Geoffrey,  by  reason  I 
should  love  you  but  a  little,  since  you  would  steal  by 
night  from  me  that  thing  which  I  have  so  dearly 
bought,  and  which  hath  cost  me  so  much  gold. 
I  am  right  joyous  and  glad  that  I  have  taken  you 
with  the  proof.  You  would  have  a  better  market 
than  I  have  had  when  you  thought  to  have  had 
Calais  for  twenty  thousand  crowns ;  but  God  hath 
holpen  me,  and  you  have  failed  of  your  purpose." 


136  THE  KING'S  GIFT. 

And  therewith  the  king  went  from  him,  and  he 
gave  never  a  word  to  answer.  Then  the  king 
came  to  sir  Eustace  of  Ribeaumont  and  joyously 
to  him  he  said,  "  Sir  Eustace,  you  are  the  knight 
in  the  world  that  I  have  seen  most  valiantly  assail 
his  enemies  and  defend  himself,  and  I  never  found 
knight  that  ever  gave  me  so  much  ado,  body  to 
body,  as  you  have  done  this  day.  Wherefore 
I  give  you  the  prize  above  all  the  knights  of  my 
court  by  right  sentence."  Then  the  king  took 
the  chaplet  that  was  upon  his  head,  being  both 
fair,  goodly,  and  rich,  and  said :  "  Sir  Eustace,  I 
give  you  this  chaplet  for  the  best  doer  in  arms 
in  the  battle  past  of  either  party,  and  I  desire  you 
to  bear  it  this  year  for  the  love  of  me.  1  know 
well  you  are  fresh  and  amorous,  and  oftentimes 
are  among  ladies  and  damsels ;  say,  wheresoever 
you  come,  that  I  did  give  it  you.  And  I  quit  you 
from  your  prison  and  ransom,  and  you  shall  depart 
to-morrow  if  it  please  you." 

1350,  Aug.— Of  the  naval  battle  and  slaughter  of 
the  Spaniards  upon  the  sea  near  Winchelsea. 

Avesbury,   184. 

(Contests  between  Biscayan  and  English  fleets,  due  largely  to 
trade  rivalries,  had  made  the  Channel  unsafe;  after  this  defeat, 
the  Biscay  towns  agreed  to  a  twenty  years'  peace). 

Our  lord  the  king,  considering  how  that  about  the 
festival  of  All  Saints  a  Spanish  fleet,  coming  from  the 
sea  towards  Bordeaux,  had  captured  in  the  mouth  of 
the  Garonne  several  English  ships  laden  with  wine 


SEA-WGHT.  137 

to  carry  to  England,  and  had  killed  all  the  English 
they  found  on  board,  determined  to  punish  them 
with  a  like  penalty,  and  frighten  them  from  putting 
their  hands  any  more  to  such  crimes  ;  and  so  on  the 
day  of  the  Beheading  of  St.  John  the  Baptist,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord'  1350,  the  twenty-fourth  year  of  his 
reign  in  England  and  the  eleventh  of  his  reign  in 
France,  having  brought  together  a  sufficient  fleet  at 
Sandwich,  with  many  nobles,  men-of-arms,  and 
archers  on  board,  he  joined  battle  on  the  sea,  near 
Winchelsea,  with  the  Spaniards,  who  were  sailing 
home  with  many  war-ships  from  Flanders,  and 
purposing  to  ravage  the  English  shores.  They 
fought  bravely,  but  he  overcame  them  ;  and  very 
many  of  the  Spaniards  in  the  twenty-four  great 
galleys  perished  by  the  sword  or  flying  arrow  ;  and 
all  the  twenty-four  galleys,  laden  with  much  mer- 
chandise, especially  various  sorts  of  cloth  bought  in 
Flanders,  were  captured.  But  some,  with  wares  in 
other  ships,  kept  aloof  from  the  battle  and  escaped, 
for  none  pursued  them. 

1351.— Of  the  coinage  of  groats  and  half-groats. 

Walsingham,  i.  275.     Murimuth,  Continuatio,  182. 

In  the  year  of  grace  one  thousand  three  hundred 
and  fifty-one,  which  was  the  twenty-fifth  year  of  the 
reign  of  king  Edward,  from  the  conquest  the  third, 
William  of  Edyngdon,  bishop  of  Winchester,  treasurer 
of  the  kingdom,  and  a  man  of  great  prudence,  who 
loved  the  good  of  the  king  more  than  that  of  the 
community,  devised  and  caused  to  be  coined  a  new 


138  RISE  IN  PRICES. 

money,  namely  the  groat  and  half- groat ;  but  these 
were  of  less  weight  than  the  like  sum  of  sterling. 
This  was  afterwards  the  cause  that  food  and  merchan- 
dise became  dearer  throughout  the  whole  of  England. 
Workmen,  craftsmen,  and .  servants  became  accord- 
ingly more  cunning  and  fraudulent'  than  ever.  To 
provide  against  their  cunning  and  pride,  wickedness 
and  avarice,  statutes  were  afterwards  ordained  by  the 
parliament  at  Westminster  in  the  2 8th  and  35th  years 
of  the  reign  of  Edward  the  third  from  the  conquest ; 
but  they  were  of  little  or  no  service  to  the  Commons. 

1351,  Feb.— Statute   of  Provisors. 
25  Edw.  III.,  Statute  4.   (Statutes  of  the  Realm,  ed.  1810,  i.  316.^ 

(This  most  important  statute  was  an  attempt  to  put  an  end  to 
the  papal  encroachments  on  free  election  to  bishoprics,  and  on 
private  rights  of  patronage.  In  spite  of  frequent  evasions,  it 
had  the  effect  of  lessening  the  evil  complained  of.) 

.  .  .  .  Now  it  is  shewed  to  our  lord  the  king 
in  this  present  parliament  holden  at  Westminster,  at 
the  Octave  of  the  Purification  of  our  Lady,  the 
five-and-twentieth  year  of  his  reign  of  England 
and  of  France  the  twelfth,  by  the  grievous  complaints 
of  all  the  commons  of  his  realm,  that  the  grievances 
and  mischiefs  aforesaid  do  daily  abound,  to  the 
greater  damage  and  destruction  of  all  his  realm 
of  England,  more  than  ever  were  before,  viz.,  that 
now  or  late  the  bishop  of  Rome,  by  procurement 
of  clerks  or  otherwise,  hath  reserved  and  doth  daily 
reserve  to  his  collation,  generally  and  especially 
as  well  archbishopricks,  bishopricks,  abbeys  and 


PA  PA  L  EXL  V?  O.TC '//.  J/AYV'y.S'.  I  3  9 

priories,  as  all  other  dignities  and  other  benefices 
in  England,  which  be  of  the  advowry  of*  people 
of  Holy  Church,  and  give  the  same  as  well  to 
aliens  as  to  denizens,  and  taketh  of  all  such  benefices 
the  first  fruits,  and  many  other  profits  ;  and  a  great 
part  of  the  treasure  of  the  said  realm  is  carried 
away  and  dispended  out  of  the  realm,  by  the 
purchasers  of  such  benefices  and  graces  aforesaid  ; 
and  also  by  such  privy  reservations  many  clerks 
advanced  in  this  realm  by  their  true  patrons,  which 
have  peaceably  holden  their  advancements  by  long 
time  be  suddenly  put  out ;  whereupon  the  said 
commons  have  prayed  our  said  lord  the  king,  that 
since  the  right  of  the  crown  of  England  and  the 
la"w  of  the  said  realm  is  such  that,  upon  the  mischiefs 
and  damages  which  happen  to  his  realm,  he  ought 
and  is  bound  by  his  oath,  with  the  accord  of  his 
people  in  parliament,  thereof  to  make  remedy  and 
law,  in  removing  the  mischiefs  and  damages  which 
thereof  ensue,  it  may  please  him  thereupon  to  ordain 

remedy.     Our  lord  the  king by  the 

assent  of  all  the  great  men  and  commonality  of 
the  said  realm,  to  the  honour  of  God  and  profit 
of  the  said  Church  of  England  and  of  all  his  realm 
hath  ordered  and  established,  that  the  free  elections 
of  archbishops,  bishops,  and  all  other  dignities  and 
benefices  elective  in  England,  shall  hold  from 
henceforth  in  the  manner  as  they  were  granted  by 
the  king's  progenitors,  and  the  ancestors  of  other 
lords,  founders  of  the  said  dignities  and  other 
*  In  the  sift  of. 


1 40  LA  W  OF  TREA  SON. 

benefices.  And  that  all  prelates  and  other  people 
of  Holy  Church,  which  have  advowsons  of  any 
benefices  of  the  king's  gift,  or  of  any  of  his 
progenitors,  or  of  other  lords  and  donors,  to  do 
divine  services  and  other  charges  thereof  ordained, 
shall  have  their  collations  and  presentments  freely 
to  the  same,  in  the  manner  as  they  were  enfeoffed 
by  their  donors. 

1352.— Statute  of  Treasons. 
25  Edward  III.  Stat.  5,  c.  2.    (Statutes  of  the  Realm,  i.  319). 

(This  was  the  first  definition  by  statute  of  the  acts  constituting 
treason,  and  it  became  the  basis  of  all  subsequent  legislation  and 
judicial  decision.) 

Item,  whereas  divers  opinions  have  been  before 
this  time  in  what  case  treason  shall  be  said  and  in 
what  not ;  the  king,  at  the  request  of  the  lords  and 
of  the  commons,  hath  made  a  declaration  in  the 
manner  as  hereafter  followeth,  that  is  to  say,  when  a 
man  doth  compass  or  imagine  the  death  of  our  lord 
the  king,  or  of  our  lady  his  queen,  or  of  their  eldest 
son  and  heir ;  or  if  a  man  do  violate  the  king's  con- 
sort, or  the  king's  eldest  daughter  unmarried,  or 
the  wife  of  the  king's  eldest  son  and  heir  ;  or  if  a 
man  do  levy  war  against  our  lord  the  king  in  his 
realm,  or  be  adherent  to  the  king's  enemies  in  his 
realm,  giving  to  them  aid  and  comfort  in  the  realm 
or  elsewhere,  and  thereof  be  proveably  attainted  of 
open  deed  by  the  people  of  their  condition ;  and  if 
a  man  counterfeit  the  king's  great  or  privy  seal  or 
his  money  ;  and  if  a  man  bring  false  money  into  this 


WHAT  CONSTITUTES  TREASON.  141 

realm  counterfeit  to  the  money  of  England,  .  .  . 
knowing  the  money  to  be  false,  to  merchandise  or 
make  payment  in  deceit  of  our  said  lord  the  king  or 
of  his  people  ;  and  if  a  man  slay  the  chancellor, 
treasurer,  or  the  king's  justices  of  the  one  bench  or 
the  other,  justices  in  eyre  or  justices  of  assize,  and 
all  other  justices  assigned  to  hear  or  determine, 
being  in  their  places,  doing  their  offices.  And  it  is 
to  be  understood  that,  in  the  cases  above  rehearsed, 
that  ought  to  be  judged  treason  which  extends  to 
our  lord  the  king  and  his  royal  majesty  ;  and  of  such 
treason  the  forfeiture  of  the  escheats  pertains  to 
our  sovereign  lord,  as  well  of  the  lands  and  tenements 
holden  of  others  as  of  himself.  And  moreover  there 
is  another  manner  of  treason,  that  is  to  say,  when  a 
servant  slayeth  his  master  or  a  wife  her  husband,  or 
when  a  man  secular  or  religious  slayeth  his  prelate 
to  whom  he  oweth  faith  and  obedience ;  and  of  such 
treason  the  escheats  ought  to  pertain  to  every  lord  of 
his  own  fee.  And  because  that  many  like  cases  of 
treason  may  happen  in  time  to  come  which  a  man 
cannot  think  nor  declare  at  this  present  time,  it  is 
accorded  that  if  any  other  case,  supposed  treason, 
which  is  not  above  specified,  doth  happen  before  any 
justices,  the  justices  shall  tarry  without  any  going  to 
judgment  of  the  treason  till  the  cause  be  showed 
before  the  king  and  his  parliament,  and  it  be 
declared  whether  it  ought  to  be  judged  treason  or 
other  felonv. 


142  PRsEMUNIRR. 

1353.— A  statute  against  ammllers  of  judgments  of 
the  king's  court  (commonly  called  the  statute 
of  Preemunire). 

27  Edw.  III.,  Stat.  I,  cap.  I  (Statutes,  i.  329). 

(This,  like  the  statute  of  Provisors,  was  a  defensive  measure 
against  Rome,  and  was  designed  to  prevent  encroachments  on 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  English  courts.  The  act  known  later  as 
the  statute  of  Praemunire  was  a  confirmation  and  completion  of 
this,  and  was  passed  in  1393.) 

Our  lord  the  king,  by  the  assent  and  prayer  of  the 
great  men  and  the  commons  of  the  realm  of  England, 
at  his  great  council  holden  at  Westminster,  the 
Monday  next  after  the  feast  of  Saint  Matthew  the 
Apostle,  the  twenty-seventh  year  of  his  reign  of 
England,  and  of  France  the  fourteenth,  in  amend- 
ment of  his  said  realm,  and  maintenance  of  the  laws 
and  usages,  hath  ordained  and  stablished  these 
things  under  written. 

First,  because  it  is  shewed  to  our  lord  the  king, 
by  the  grievous  and  clamorous  complaints  of  the 
great  men  and  commons  aforesaid,  how  that  divers  of 
the  people  be  and  have  been  drawn  out  of  the 
realm  to  answer  of  things,  whereof  the  cognisance 
pertaineth  to  the  king's  court,  and  also  that  the 
judgments  given  in  the  same  court  be  impeached 
in  another  court,  in  prejudice  and  disherison  of  our 
lord  the  king  and  of  his  crown  and  of  all  the  people 
of  his  said  realm  and  to  the  undoing  and  destruction 
of  the  common  law  of  the  same  realm  at  all  times 
used  :  whereupon,  good  deliberation  had  with  the 
great  men  and  others  of  his  said  council,  it  is 


APPEALS  TO  ROME  FORBIDDEN.  143 

assented  and  accorded  by  our  lord  the  king  and  the 
great  men  and  commons  aforesaid,  that  all  the 
people  of  the  king's  ligeance,  of  what  condition  they 
be,  which  shall  draw  any  out  of  the  realm  in  plea 
whereof  the  cognizance  pertaineth  to  the  king's 
court,  or  of  things  whereof  judgments  be  given  in 
the  king's  court,  or  which  do  sue  in  any  other  court, 
to  defeat  or  impeach  the  judgments  given  in  the 
king's  court,  shall  have  a  day,  containing  the  space 
of  two  months,  by  warning  to  be  made  to  them  in 
the  place  where  the  possessions  be  which  be  in 
debate,  or  otherwise  where  they  have  lands  or 
other  possessions,  by  the  sheriffs  or  other  the  king's 
ministers,  to  appear  before  the  king  and  his  council, 
or  in  his  chancery,  or  before  the  king's  justices  in 
his  places  of  the  one  bench  or  the  other,  or  before 
other  the  king's  justices  which  to  the  same  shall  be 
deputed,  to  answer  in  their  proper  persons  to  the 
king  of  the  contempt  done  in  this  behalf.  And  if 
they  come  not  at  the  said  day  in  their  proper  persons 
to  be  at  the  law,  they,  their  procurators,  attornies, 
executors,  notaries,  and  maintainors  shall  from  that 
day  forth  be  put  out  of  the  king's  protection,  and 
their  lands,  goods,  and  chattels  forfeit  to  the  king, 
and  their  bodies,  wheresoever  they  may  be  found, 
shall  be  taken  and  imprisoned,  and  ransomed  at  the 
king's  will ;  and  upon  the  same  a  writ  shall  be  made 
to  take  them  by  their  bodies,  and  to  seize  their 
lands,  goods/and  possessions,  into  the  king's  hands; 
and  if  it  be  returned,  that  they  be  not  found,  they 
shall  be outlawed. 


144  COMBAT  OF  THE  THIRTY. 

1351,  March  27. -How  the  lord  Robert  of  Beau- 
manoir  went  about  to  defy  the  captain  of  Ploer- 
mel  who  had  to  name  Bramborough,  and  how 
there  was  a  sore  battle  of  thirty  against  thirty. 

Froissart  (i.  §§335-7)- 

(In  spite  of  the  truce  between  the  English  and  French  kings, 
the  war  continued  in  Brittany ;  Charles  of  Blois  had  been  taken 
prisoner  in  1347,  and  sent  to  join  David  Bruce  in  the  Tower  of 
London,  but  his  wife  gallantly  continued  the  struggle.  Its  most 
celebrated  episode  was  the  Tourney  of  Ploermel.) 

In  this  same  season  there  took  place  in  Brittany  a 
very  great  deed  of  arms  that  ought  never  to  be 
forgotten,  but  rather  ought  to  be  put  forward  to 
encourage  all  young  squires,  and  to  give  them  an 
example.  And  that  you  may  the  better  understand 
the  matter  you  must  know  that  there  were  wars 
continually  between  the  parties  of  the  two  ladies 
Joan  of  Montfort  and  Joan  of  Blois,  because  that 
the  lord  Charles  of  Blois  was  imprisoned.  And  the 
parties  of  these  same  ladies  warred  on  each  other  by 
means  of  their  garrisons,  which  kept  themselves 
within  their  castles  and  their  strong  towns  both  on 
the  one  side  and  on  the  other. 

It  chanced  one  day  that  the  lord  Robert  of  Beau- 
manoir,  a  right  valiant  knight  and  of  the  most  high 
lineage  in  Brittany,  who  was  seneschal  of  the  castle 
which  has  to  name  the  castle  Josselin,  and  who  had 
with  him  a  goodly  company  of  men-of-arms  of  his 
own  lineage  and  others  who  were  mercenaries, 
came  before  the  town  and  the  castle  of  Ploermel. 
Its  captain  was  a  man  named  Bramborough,  and  he 


THE  CHALLENGE.  145 

had  with  him  a  great  company  of  mercenaries, 
German,  English,  and  Breton,  who  were  of  the 
party  of  the  countess  of  Montfort.  And  this  same 
lord  Robert  with  his  company  ran  before  the  barriers, 
and  would  gladly  have  seen  those  within  sally  forth, 
but  not  one  stirred.  When  sir  Robert  saw  this,  he 
approached  yet  a  little  nearer  and  called  to  the 
captain.  And  he  came  before  the  gate  to  speak 
with  the  said  sir  Robert,  on  the  safe  assurance 
on  the  one  hand  and  on  the  other. 

"  Bramborough,"  said  sir  Robert,  "are  there  no 
men  of  arms  within  your  walls,  either  you  or  other 
two  or  three,  who  would  joust  with  lances  against 
other  three  on  our  party  for  the  love  of  their  friends  ?" 

Bramborough  answered  and  said,  "  Their  friends 
would  never  wish  that  they  should  be  evilly  killed 
in  a  single  joust,  for  that  would  be  a  chance  pf 
fortune  too  soon  over,  and  would  win  them  the 
name  of  foolhardiness  and  folly,  rather  than  bring 
them  renown.  But  I  will  tell  you  what  we  will 
do,  an  it  please  you.  You  shall  take  twenty  or  thirty 
of  your  companions  from  your  garrison,  and  I  will 
take  as  many  from  mine.  And  let  us  go  to  a  fair 
field,  where  none  shall  hinder  or  trouble  us,  and 
command  our  companions,  on  pain  of  hanging,  on 
the  one  side  and  on  the  other,  and  also  all  those 
who  stand  and  watch  us,  that  none  shall  give  aid 
or  comfort  to  any  of  the  combatants.  And  there 
straitly  in  that  place  let  us  prove  ourselves  and 
do  such  things  that  in  the  time  to  come  men  shall 
speak  of  us  in  halls  and  in  palaces,  in  public  places 


146  THE  MEETIXG. 

and  in  all  other  parts  of  the  world.  And  let  the 
renown  and  the  good-luck  be  to  those  to  whom 
God  shall  award  it." 

"  By  my  troth,"  said  sir  Robert  of  Beaumanoir, 
"  I  accord  me  thereunto,  and  right  valiantly  do  you 
now  speak.  Therefore,  be  you  thirty,  and  we  also 
will  be  thirty,  and  this  I  vow  on  my  faith." 

"And  this  I  also  on  my  part  vow,"  said  Brain- 
borough,  "  for  there  will  thus  be  gained  more  honour, 
to  him  who  there  bears  himself  bravely  than  at  a 
single  joust." 

Thus  was  the  matter  settled  and  sworn  to  ;  and 
the  day  agreed  on  was  the  Wednesday  following.  In 
the  meantime  each  one  chose  those  thirty  followers 
that  seemed  good  to  him,  and  all  these  sixty  looked 
well  to  their  armour  that  all  might  be  right  and  in 
good  order. 

When  the  day  came  Bramborough's  thirty  com- 
panions heard  mass ;  then  armed  themselves  and 
went  to  the  place  where  the  battle  was  to  be,  and 
there  alighted  on  foot  ;  and  they  straitly  forbad  all 
those  wrho  were  there  that  they  should  come  between 
them  for  whatever  chance  or  peril  they  might  see 
befall  to  their  companions.  And  thus  likewise  did 
the  thirty  companions  of  the  lord  Robert  of  Beau- 
manoir. And  these  thirty  companions,  that  we  call 
the  English,  awaited  for  a  great  space  those  others 
that  wre  call  the  French.  When  the  thirty  Frenchmen 
were  come,  they  alighted  from  their  horses  and  gave 
to  their  followers  the  same  commandment  that  the 
English  knights  had  given.  Each  side  agreed  that 


THE  FIGHT  BE  GIXS.  1 4  7 

five  of  them  should  remain  on  horseback  at  the 
entrance  of  the  place,  and  that  the  other  twenty-five 
should  alight.  And  when  they  were  each  before  the 
other,  the  whole  sixty  held  parley  together  for  a  short 
space  ;  then  they  drew  back  on  the  one  side  and  on 
the  other,  and  made  all  their  followers  withdraw  to  a 
greater  distance.  Then  one  of  them  made  a  sign, 
and  forthwith  they  ran  forward,  and  fiercely  they 
fought  in  the  press,  and  nobly  they  succoured  each 
the  other,  where  they  saw  their  companions  in 
great  straits.  And  shortly  after  that  they  were 
gathered  together,  was  one  of  the  French  party- 
slain,  but  for  all  that  the  others  never  ceased  the 
battle,  but  bore  themselves  as  valiantly  on  the  one 
part  and  on  the  other,  as  if  they  all  had  been  Rolands 
and  Olivers.  I  cannot  say  of  a  truth  that  they  on 
this  hand  maintained  themselves  the  better,  or  that 
they  on  that  hand  achieved  greater  things,  nor  have 
I  heard  either  party  prized  before  the  other ;  but 
they  fought  so  long  that  one  and  all  lost  strength 
and  breath  and  power  altogether.  And  they  were 
forced  to  stop  and  take  rest ;  and  by  agreement  they 
rested,  the  one  on  this  side  and  the  other  on  that, 
and  made  truce  until  such  time  as  they  should  be 
rested,  and  the  first  to  arise  was  to  call  on  the  other 
party. 

And  of  the  Frenchmen  there  were  slain  four,  and 
of  the  Englishmen  two.  Thus  they  rested  on  both 
sides  for  a  long  space,  and  drank  wine  that  was 
brought  to  them  in  bottles,  rebuckled  their  dis- 
ordered armour,  and  dressed  their  wounds.  When 


148  THE  ENGLISH  BEATEN. 

they  were  thus  refreshed,  the  first  party  which  arose 
made  a  sign  and  called  on  the  other.  Then  began 
as  before  a  sore  and  fierce  battle  which  lasted  a 
long  while.  They  fought  with  the  short  swords  of 
Bordeaux,  strong  and  sharp,  and  with  lances  and 
daggers,  and  others  with  axes,  and  they  gave  each 
other  marvellous  great  blows,  and  one  and  all  threw 
themselves  into  the  battle,  and  smote  each  other 
without  sparing.  You  may  well  believe  they  did 
right  noble  deeds  of  arms  man  for  man,  body  to 
body,  and  hand  to  hand.  There  has  never  been 
heard  tell  of  such  deeds  for  this  hundred  years  past. 
Thus  they  fought  together  like  good  champions,  and 
maintained  this  second  encounter  right  valiantly, 
but  finally  the  English  were  worsted.  For  thus  have 
I  heard  it  related  how  that  one  of  the  Frenchmen 
who  was  on  horseback  broke  and  scattered  them  so 
fiercely  that  Bramborough,  their  captain,  and  eight 
of  their  companions  were  there  slain  ;  and  the  others 
yielded  themselves  prisoners-  when  they  saw  how 
their  defence  would  not  aid  them,  for  they  could  not 
and  would  not  fly.  And  the  same  lord  Robert  and 
his  companions  who  were  yet  alive  took  them,  and 
led  them  to  the  castle  Josselin  as  their  prisoners, 
and  afterwards  put  them  to  ransom  courteously  when 
that  they  were  all  cured  of  their  hurts  ;  for  there 
were  none  who  were  not  sore  wounded,  Frenchmen 
no  less  than  Englishmen. 

And  since  that  time  I  have  seen  sitting  at  the  table 
of  Charles  king  of  France  a  Breton,  knight,  sir  Evan 
of  Charuel  who  had  been  there  ;  and  he  had  his  face 


THE  STORY  IN  VERSE.  149 

so  cut  about  and  hacked  that  it  plainly  showed  how 
that  the  encounter  had  been  nobly  fought.  And  in 
many  places  was  this  adventure  related  and  recorded, 
and  some  thought  it  prowess  and  others  foolhardiness. 

1351.— The  Tourney  of  Ploermel. 

Translated  from  a  French  poem  of  the  \t\th  century  ;  in  Buchon, 
Froissart,  xiv.,  303  (Coll.  des  Chronique,  xxiv.) 

Oh  !  hearken   to   my  tale,   ye   lords   and   knights   of 

chivalry, 

Both  bannerets  and  bachelors  and  men  of  high  degree, 
Let  abbots  eke  and  bishops  hear  and  men  of  holy 

mind, 
Heralds  and  wandering  minstrels,  and  all  companions 

kind, 

Gentle  and  simple  folk,  in  whatsoever  land  ye  dwell, 
Give  heed  unto  this  brave  romance,  that  we  to  you 

would  tell. 

True  is  the  tale  and  worthy,  right  worthy  to  be  told, 
How  thirty  English  champions  in  war  like  lions  bold, 
Fought  on  a  day  with  thirty  knights  of  Breton 

lineage. 

Ere  that  the  lord  Dagorne  was  dead  and  knew  this 
life  no  more, 

(At  Auril  fell  the  baron  the  castle  walls  before, 

On  all  such  lords  of  Brittany  and  their  com- 
panions brave 

May  our  just  God  have  mercy  who  knows  to  sain  and 
save  !) 


150  THE  HORRORS  OF  WAR, 

While   yet   this   lord  was  living,  he    did  all  folk  to 

know, 
That  no  more  should  the  village  folk,  the  men  who 

reap  and  sow, 
Be  captured  of  the  Englishmen,  and  vexed  with  spear 

and  sword  ; 
But,  when  he  died,  his  comrades  heeded  no  more  his 

word, 
For  Bramborough  clave  unto  him,  to  his  allegiance 

true, 

And  by  St.  Thomas  swore  he  a  vengeful  deed  to  do. 
The  Breton   folk  he  harried  and  took  the   country 

side, 

And  Poetinel  he  plundered  till  her  folk  for  pity  cried. 
All  through  the  coasts  of  Brittany  he  wrought  his  evil 

way, 
Up   to   the  time  that  God  had  doomed   to   be  his 

closing  day  ; 
But  at  last  the  good  lord  Beaumanoir,  whom  all  men 

loved  to  name, 
The  wise  lord   John  of   Beaumanoir,    whose  valour 

wrought  him  fame, 
To   parley  with  the  Englishmen  in  happy  hour  he 

went, 
And  saw  their  wretched  captives,  and  'gan  their  woe 

lament. 
For  one  was  vexed  with  fetters,  and  another  dragged 

a  chain, 
And   another  in  the   stocks  was     bound,   and    some 

were  pent  in  pain, 
And  all  were  bound  together  with  thongs  in  twos  and 

threes, 


.-/  PROTEST.  151 

Like  to  the  cows  and  oxen  men  barter  as  they  please. 
When  Beaumanoir  beheld  them,  deep  in  his  heart  he 

sighed, 
And  unto  Bramborough  spake  he,  right  noble  in  his 

pride ; 
"  Oh  knights  of  English  chivalry,  to  right  ye  do  foul 

scorn 
In  harrying  the  husbandmen,  the  men  who  sow  the 

corn, 

Who  win  for  us  our  meat  and  wine  where  they  them- 
selves did  sow. 
Ah,  had  we  not  the  husbandmen,  too  well  we  soon 

should  know 
The  toil  of  working  in  the  field,  all  noble  though  we 

be, 

The  work  of  threshing,  hoeing,  and  bearing  poverty. 
To  men  unused  like  us  to  this  no  little  toil  it  were. 
Let   these   then   rest   henceforward,    who    have   too 

much  to  bear, 
Nor  let  the  will  of  brave  Dagorne  be  cast  aside  so 

soon." 

(A  combat  is  agreed  upon,  as  described  by  Froissart  in  the 
previous  extract.) 

Now  will  I  tell  of  Bramborough  and  all  the  deeds 

he  wrought, 
His  thirty  men  he  gathered,  and  them    hath    fairly 

brought 

Straight  to  the  field  appointed,  in  gallant  wrise  and  gay, 
And  then  to  all  his  company  these  noble  truths  'gan  say, 
"  Well  have  I  conned  my  magic,  my  books  of  mystery, 
And  on  this  day  doth  Merlin  foretell  us  victory. 


152  DEFIANCE. 

Henceforth  o'er  France  and  Brittany,  if  I  the  truth 

can  know, 
Shall  Edward  have  the    governance  ;    for   fate   will 

have  it  so." 

Then  spake  he    unto    Beaumanoir,    "  Look   not   for 

ruth  from  me  ; 
My  mind  is   fixed  before  my  love  this  day  to  carry 

thee. 

This  day  I  vow  to  lead  thee  a  captive  to  her  bower." 
And  Beaumanoir  cried  back  to  him,  "  Deemest  thou 

that  will  is  power  ? 

Lo  !  I  and  all  my  company  know  our  intent  aright, 
And   if  the   Lord   of  Glory  aid  and   Mary  lend  us 

might, 

If  good  St.  Yves  help  us,  in  whom  our  trust  we  place, 
Mock  not  thyself  with  idle  hopes,  but  cast  the  die 

apace. 

The  hazard  is  against  thee,  and  short  thy  life  shall  be." 
And  Alain,  lord  of  Carromois,  heard  too,  and  loud 

cried  he, 
"  Bramboro',  thou  villain  traitor  !    hop'st  thou  that 

this  shall  be  ? 
Think'st  thou  that  men  like   Beaumanoir  can  yield 

to  men  like  thee  ? 

For  him  upon  my  body  forthwith  I  thee  defy, 
And  now  before  my  edged  blade  I  deem  that  thou 

shalt  die." 
Straightway  the  lord  of  Carromois  hath  smitten  him 

with  might 


DEA  TH  OF  BRAMBOR  O\  153 

And  sorely  stabbed  him  with  his  lance,  the  spearhead 

keen  and  bright, 
Right  through  his  face  the  spearhead  went,  for  all 

men  round  to  see, 
And    right  within   his   brain-pan   stuck  and   pierced 

him  grievously. 
Then  Alain  thrust  the  spear  from  him  and  laid  bold 

Bramborough  low  ; 
But  Bramborough  leapt  to  gain  his  feet  and  thought 

to  reach  his  foe, 

Then  Geoffrey  lord  of  Bores  dealt  him  a  blow  amain 
And  pierced  him  with  his  spearhead  and  laid  him 

low  again, 
Till  in  the  dust  bold  Bramborough  fell  with  a  crash 

and  died. 
Then  to  the  lord  of  Beaumanoir  brave  Geoffrey  gladly 

cried, 
"  Where  art  thou  ?  see'st  this  vengeance  ?  see'st  thou 

who  here  lies  slain  ?  " 
And  Beaumanoir  hath  heard  him  and  answered  back 

again, 
"  Now  'tis  the  time  for  prowess !  on  to  the  combat 

go  ! 
On,  lords,  to  war  with  others  and  leave  the  dead  man 

low." 
Then  well  saw  all  the  Englishmen,  how  Bramborough 

there  was  dead, 
And    all   their   pride    fell    from    them,  and  all   their 

boasting  fled. 
Then  to  his  friends  cried  Croucart,  a  German  fell 

in  fight, 


1 5  4  BE  A  UMA  NOIR . 

"  Lords,   wot  ye   well  the  truth  this  day  and  know 

your  case  aright^ 

Bramborough,  who  led  us  hither  with  bitter  mockery, 
Has  mocked  us,  and  his  trusted  books  of  Merlin's 

mystery 

Have  not  been  worth  a  penny  to  him  for  all  his  trust. 
Dead  on  his  back  with  gaping  throat  he  lieth  in  the 

dust. 
Now  act  we  all  like  wise  men,  like  comrades  brave 

and  stout, 
Stand    back   to    back   in   order   close,  and  right  the 

battle  out. 
Let  all  who  come  against  us  find  death  or  sudden 

fear." 

Then  fiercely  went  the  battle  and  victory  came  slow, 
As  still  the  dreadful  combat  went  swaying  to  and  fro. 

And  hot  the  sun  shone  over  them,  and  every  man  did 

sweat, 
With  sweat  and  blood  beneath  their  feet  the  earth 

itself  grew  wet. 
It   chanced  on  this  fair  Saturday  that   Beaumanoir 

kept  fast, 
And  evil  grew  his  thirst  to  him  ;  he  cried  for  drink 

at  last, 
And  Geoffrey,  lord  of  Bores,  heard  him,  and  answered 

"  Nay, 
Drink    of    thy   blood,    lord    Beaumanoir,    thy   thirst 

thyself  canst  stay. 


NEGOTIATIONS  FOR  PEACE.  155 

This  day  we  win  great  glory,  no  man  shall  lack  his 

fame  ; 
Our  great  renown   of  valour   shall    never   bring   us 

blame." 
Then  did  the  lord  of  Beaumanoir  take  courage  and 

delight, 
And   all  his  thirst  passed  from  him  in  the  joy  and 

breath  of  fight. 
And  from  each  side  the  battles  met  fiercely  face  to 

face, 
And  men  fell  dead  or  wounded  ;  few  living  left  that 

place.  • 

1354.— How  the  duke  of  Lancaster  in  vain  treated 
for  peace  at  Avignon. 

Knighton,  2607. 

(Philip  VI.  of  France  had  died  in  1350,  and  his  eldest  son 
John  had  succeeded  him.  In  spite  of  the  war  in  Brittany, 
the  truce  was  several  times  renewed ;  and  in  1354  the  new 
pope,  Innocent  VI.,  seemed  likely  to  bring  about  peace.  A 
conference  of  ambassadors  met  at  Guines  near  Calais,  and 
Edward  offered  to  give  up  his  claim  to  the  French  throne  if 
Guienne  were  given  him  in  full  sovereignty.  The  treaty  was 
to  be  completed  at  Avignon.) 

Then  were  sent  to  Avignon  to  the  pope  to  treat 
for  peace  the  duke  of  Lancaster,  the  earl  of  Arundel, 
the  bishop  of  Norwich,  and  many  magnates.  But 
the  ambassadors  of  France,  to  wit  the  duke  of 
Bourbon,  the  earl  of  Armagnac,  and  the  rest,  dis- 
avowed all  the  articles  to  which  they  had  consented 
and  agreed  at  Calais,  and  would  accept  no  peace  except 
(3n  their  own  terms,  declaring  that  they  were  ready 


156  LAyCA STER  A  T  A  I'/GNOX. 

and  able  to  defend  their  land  against  the  English, 
world  without  end  ;  and  so  they  parted.  For  the 
French  demanded,  first,  that  the  king  of  England 
should  give  up  the  arms  of  France ;  secondly,  that 
the  king  of  England  should  do  homage  to  the  king 
of  France  for  Gascony.  The  duke  of  Lancaster 
replied  that  the  arms  of  France,  which  he  bore  by 
the  counsel  of  his  liege  men  of  France,  he  would  not 
give  up  for  any  man  living.  Also  the  king  of  Eng- 
land would  not  do  homage  to  a  man  to  whom  he 
claimed  to  be  superior  by  hereditary  right  from  his 
mother.  But  if  they  would  propose  any  other  rea- 
sonable terms  of  peace,  the  king  of  England  loved 
peace  so  much  that  he  would  accept  them. 

Henry  duke  of  Lancaster,  having  with  him  the 
the  earl  of  Arundel  and  the  rest,  had  arrived  at 
Avignon  on  Christinas  Eve,  with  two  hundred  horses, 
of  which  thirty-two  were  covered  with  harness  of 
mail,  and  he  remained  there  for  six  weeks  with  great 
honour.  Indeed,  when  he  had  been  approaching  the 
city,  bishops,  nobles,  citizens,  and  commons  had 
come  out  to  meet  him  to  the  number  of  two  thousand 
horsemen  ;  and  there  was  such  a  crowd  that  from 
the  third  hour  of  the  day  to  vespers  they  could 
scarce  pass  over  the  city  bridge.  When  he  had 
entered  the  city,  he  had  gone  straightway  to  the 
palace  of  the  pope.  And,  arriving  there,  he  dis- 
mounted and,  entering  in,  saluted  the  pope  with 
due  reverence,  as  he  knew  well  how  to  do,  and, 
after  brief  converse,  passed  to  his  lodging.  The 
jovs  of  feasting  and  drinking  were  always  ready, 


TO  WN  AND  GO  WN.  1 5  7 

so  long  as  he  stayed  there,  for  all  who  wished  to 
come  and  refresh  themselves  ;  and  everything  was 
so  carefully  provided  that  all  the  court  was  astonished  ; 
— before  his  arrival,  a  hundred  casks  of  wine  had 
been  got  ready  in  his  cellar.  He  showed  such 
courtesy  to  all,  especially  to  the  pope  and  the 
cardinals,  that  they  said  the  wide  world  had  not 
his  fellow.  After  he  had  left  the  papal  court,  the 
French  laid  ambush  for  him  to  take  him,  but  by 
the  help  of  God  he  escaped  many  snares  and  came 
to  England  with  great  honour. 

1354.— Of  the  trouble  between  the  Oxford  scholars 
and  laity. 

Avesbury,  197. 

On  the  festival  of  S.  Scolastica  the  Virgin  a  quarrel 
began  in  a  tavern  at  Oxford  between  a  scholar  and 
the  taverner  about  a  quart  of  wine,  and  the  scholar 
after  pouring  the  wine  over  the  taverner  broke  his 
head  with  the  quart  pot.  Whereupon  there  arose  a 
great  conflict  between  the  scholars  of  the  university 
and  the  laymen  of  the  town  of  Oxford,  in  which 
many  laymen  were  wounded  and  about  twenty  were 
slain  ;  and  some  of  the  scholars  also  were  severely 
wounded  ;  and  this  conflict  went  on  at  intervals  for 
two  days.  On  the  second  day  the  monks  made  a 
solemn  procession  supplicating  for  peace.  But  still 
the  conflict  went  on  ;  and  a  young  scholar  pursued  by 
laymen  ran  for  safety  to  a  monk  who  was  with  due 
humility  bearing  the  Body  of  Christ  in  the  procession, 
hoping  that  he  would  be  saved  by  their  reverence 
for  the  Bodv  ;  but  in  vain,  for  the  lavmen  cruelly 


158  INTERDICT. 

attacked  the  innocent  youth  and  mortally  wounded 
him.  Later  in  the  same  day  the  riot  stopped,  by  the 
grace  of  God,  and  peace  was  publicly  proclaimed 
between  the  parties.  But  next  morning  the  laymen 
from  the  villages  around  Oxford,  confederate  with  the 
laymen  of  that  town,  came  in  hostile  array  and  great 
power  into  the  town  of  Oxford  with  a  black  banner 
before  them.  They  drove  the  scholars  to  their  inns, 
broke  about  twenty  doors  of  scholars'  houses,  went 
into  the  private  rooms  in  the  inns  and  killed,  so  it 
was  said,  many  scholars,  cut  their  books  about  with 
knives  and  axes,  and  carried  off  much  of  their 
property.  Thus,  alas  !  the  university  was  dissolved, 
and  no  one  became  bachelor  or  master  in  dialectic 
art  ;  all  the  scholars  went  home,  except  only  the 
scholars  of  Merton  Hall  and  of  other  like  halls,  and 
a  few  others. 

On  the  first  Sunday  in  Lent  the  king  held  a  great 
feast  and  made  a  great  tournament  at  Woodstock, 
because  just  then  the  queen  was  churched  after  the 
birth  of  her  son  Thomas,  who  was  born  there,  and 
was  held  over  the  sacred  font  by  Thomas,  bishop  of 
Durham.  The  bishop  of  Lincoln  receiving  full 
information  of  the  troubles  at  Oxford,  inhibited  all 
the  rectors  and  other  priests  over  the  whole  of  Oxford 
from  celebrating  mass  or  other  divine  offices  in  the 
presence  of  any  layman  of  the  town  ;  and  this  interdict 
was  not  removed  for  more  than  a  year.  The  king 
also  sent  his  justices  to  the  town,  and  many  laymen 
and  clergy  also  were  conducted  before  them.  Four 
of  the  more  important  burgesses  of  the  town  were 


UNIVERSITY  TRIUMPHANT.  159 

indicted,  and  by  royal  command  arrested,  and  taken 
off  to  the  Tower  of  London,  and  there  remained  in 
prison.  And  in  the  great  council  held  at  West- 
minster after  Easter,  in  the  year  1355,  our  lord  the 
king  took  into  his  hands  the  whole  quarrel  between 
the  scholars  and  laity  of  Oxford,  and,  saving  all 
rights,  pardoned  certain  scholars  for  all  the  faults 
they  had  committed,  and  gave  orders  by  writs  to  all 
the  sheriffs  of  England  that  this  should  be  publicly 
proclaimed  ;  and  accordingly  in  summer  the  university 
of  Oxford  flourished  again  in  all  the  faculties.  For 
some  took  their  degrees  in  the  dialectic  art,  some  in 
theology,  some  in  civil  law,  some  in  canon  law,  and 
some  in  both  civil  and  canon.  And  our  lord  the 
king  granted  the  complete  supervision  of  the  assize 
of  bread,  ale,  and  wine,  and  all.  victuals  to  the 
chancellor  of  the  university,  excluding  the  mayor 
entirely.  The  corporation  paid  as  a  fine  to  the 
university  two  hundred  and  fifty  pounds  sterling, 
without  detriment  to  individual  suits. 

1355.— How  the  prince  of  Wales  crossed  to  Gascony. 

Avesbury,  201. 

It  was  determined  in  the  council  at  Westminster 
that  the  lord  Edward,  the  prince  of  Wales,  who 
was  in  the  24th  year  of  his  age,  should  cross  to 
Gascony,  and  should  have  with  him  the  earls  of 
Warwick,  Suffolk,  Salisbury,  and  Oxford,  with  a 
thousand  men  of  arms,  two  thousand  archers,  and 
a  great  number  of  Welsh.  Soon  afterwards  the 
prince  journeyed  from  London  to  Plymouth,  where 


i6o  /•///•/  Ji/.ACA" 

the  navy  for  the  passage  was  gathering,  and  there 
stayed,  because  the  winds  were  contrary,  until  the 
festival  of  the  Nativity  of  the  Blessed  Mary ;  and 
then  the  prince,  with  some  three  hundred  ships 
and  many  more  men  than  had  been  ordained,  set 
sail  with  a  favorable  wind  from  the  north,  and  safely 
and  quickly  passed  to  Gascony,  where  he  was  received 
by  the  Gascons  with  great  joy,  and  there  performed 
great  deeds,  as  will  appear  later. 


SnAf.  OF  THK  BLACK  PRINCK. 

1355.— How  the  duke  of  Lancaster  tarried  on  the 
sea,  and  of  the  treason  plotted  by  the  king-  of 
Navarre. 

Avesbury,  202. 

At   the   same   time  the   king  of  England   caused 
his  forty  great  ships  to  be  prepared  at  Rotherhithe; 


THE   Kl\(!  OJ-   XAl'ARRJ:  161 

in  the  Thames  with  food  for  a  quarter  of  a  year ; 
each  of  these  vessels  bore  the  banners  of  the  lord 
Henry  duke  of  Lancaster,  and  were  filled  with  picked 
men  at  arms  and  archers  ;  but  they  took  no  horses 
with  them.  The  whole  was  commanded  by  the  said 
duke,  and  he  had  with  him  two  sons  of  the  king, 
namely,  the  lord  Lionel  of  Antwerp  and  John  of 
Gaunt,  the  elder  being  then  sixteen,  as  well  as  the 
earls  of  Northampton,  of  March,  and  of  Stafford. 
On  the  tenth  of  July  they  began  to  sail  and  got 
to  Greenwich.  There  and  at  Sandwich  they  tarried 
until  the  festival  of  the  Assumption,  the  wind  being 
constantly  from  the  west  or  the  east,  so  that  they 
could  not  sail.  With  difficult}'  they  got  as  far  as 
\Vinchelsey,  and  afterwards  to  the  Isle  of  Wight. 
Meanwhile  the  king  was  on  board  with  the  duke, 
in  order  to  negotiate  with  the  ambassadors  of  the 
king  of  Navarre,*  who  frequently  came  across  to 
him.  The  fleet  were  in  this  condition  when  it  was 
rumoured  that  the  duke  intended  to  cross  to 
Normandy,  where  the  king  of  Navarre  promised 
to  receive  him  in  his  castle  of  Cherbourg.  For 
a  quarrel  had  arisen  between  the  king  of  Navarre 
and  John  king  of  France,  wherefore  the  former 
turned  from  John,  and  sent  promises  to  the  king 
of  England  that  he  would  join  him  with  all  his 
power.  But  bye-and-bye  the  duke  of  Lancaster 
learnt  through  spies  that  the  king  of  Navarre  had 
made  peace  with  the  king  of  France,  and  that  the 
latter  plotted  to  entrap  the  king  of  England  and 

*  See  Appendix. 


1 62  A  SNARE  ESCAPED. 

the  duke.      And  this  was  proved  by  the  evidence 
of  fact. 

For  near  the  castle  on  the  sea  coast  there  lay 
in  ambush  several  thousand  men  of  arms,  some 
French  and  others  German  mercenaries,  awaiting 
the  duke's  arrival.  So  when  he  heard  of  the 
treachery  which  was  thus  plotted,  the  duke,  since  his 
force  was  small  in  comparison  with  the  enemy,  and 
he  had  no  cavalry,  returned  into  England,  his  plan 
having  been  frustrated  completely. 

1355.— How  the  king  of  England  crossed  to  Calais 
and  laid  waste  a  great  part  of  Picardy. 

Avesbury,  204. 

On  the  Saturday  after  the  feast  of  the  Nativity  of 
the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary,  the  king  caused  proclama- 
tion to  be  made  in  the  city  of  London  that  all  nobles, 
men  of  arms,  and  archers  should  be  ready  at  Sand- 
wich on  S.  Michael's  day,  to  cross  with  him  to  Calais. 
For  he  had  heard  that  king  John  of  France  had  pre- 
pared a  great  army  to  fight  with  him  as  soon  as  he 
should  come  into .  those  parts.  So  about  that  time 
the  lord  Thomas,  bishop  of  Durham,  the  lord  of 
Percy,  and  the  other  nobles  of  the  north,  made  a 
truce  with  the  Scots  to  last  till  the  day  of  the  Nativity 
of  S.  John  next  following;  and  then  the  said  lords 
came  to  the  king  at  Sandwich,  and  crossed  with  him. 
The  king  had  with  him  his  two  sons,  the  lord  Lionel 
of  Antwerp,  and  the  lord  John  of  Ghent,  as  well  as  the 
lord  Henry  Duke  of  Lancaster,  and  the  earls  of 
Northampton,  March,  and  Stafford.  At  Calais  also 


ED  WARD  IN  PICARD  Y.  1 6  3 

he  found  a  thousand  good  men  of  arms,  mercenaries 
from  Flanders,  Brabant,  and  Germany.  And  the 
Londoners  had  sent  to  the  king  twenty-five  men  of 
arms,  and  a  body  of  five  hundred  archers,  at  their 
own  expense.  So  altogether  the  king  had  more  than 
three  thousand  men  of  arms,  a  great  number  of 
armed  men,  about  two  thousand  mounted  archers,  as 
well  as  very  many  archers  on  foot.  On  the  second 
of  November  the  king  left  Calais  with  his  army,  and 
marched  towards  St.  Omer,  laying  waste  all  the  country 
as  he  passed.  When  John  king  of  France,  who  was 
near  St.  Omer  with  a  strong  army,  heard  this  he  sent 
a  certain  knight,  named  sir  Boucicault, — who  had 
been  captured  in  Gascony  and  had  long  been  a 
prisoner  in  the  hands  of  the  king  of  England,  but 
had  just  been  ransomed, — to  speak  with  the  king  of 
England  and  observe  his  army.  And  when  he  met 
the  king,  and  with  his  permission  had  observed  the 
three  divisions  of  the  English  so  nobly  ordered,  and 
composed  of  such  warlike  and  wonderfully  brave 
men,  he  was  surprised  that  the  king  of  England  had 
such  a  large  force  with  him,  considering  that  the 
prince  of  Wales  had  also  so  great  an  army  in 
Gascony.  So  he  returned  to  king  John  and  told 
him  what  he  had  seen.  Then  king  John  was  sore 
troubled,  and  feared  to  meet  the  noble  king  of 
England  face  to  face,  but  rather  sought  subterfuges ; 
and  therefore  turned  round  and  marched  off,  as  far  in 
front  of  the  king  of  England  as  he  could,  destroying 
all  provisions  on  the  way  that  the  English  should 
not  use  them,  The  king  of  England  pursued  the 


I  04  S/\ULK  COM B A 'J'  PROPOSE J^. 

retreating'  foe  for  some  days,  rinding  however  very 
little  food ;  and  the  scarcity  of  drink  was  such  that  for 
three  days  the  greater  part  of  the  English  army  had 
nothing  to  drink  but  water.  And  when  the  king  had 
passed  Hesdin  towards  Amiens,  seeing  the  cowardice 
of  the  enemy,  and  that  they  would  not  give  battle.  .  . 
he  returned  through  more  fruitful  lands  to  Boulogne, 
and  thence  returned  to  Calais,  having  been  away  ten 
days.  Next  day  the  constable  of  France  and  other 
Frenchmen  came  to  Calais  and  offered  battle  for  the 
next  Tuesday.  To  whom  the  English  lords  replied 
at  the  order  of  the  king,  that  the  king  wanted  as 
much  as  possible  to  avoid  the  shedding  of  Christian 
blood,  and  therefore  wished  to  meet  his  adversary, 
body  to  body,  in  his  own  cause,  on  condition  that 
their  right  to  the  kingdom  of  France  should  be 
decided  by  battle  between  the  two  alone ;  or  if  his 
adversary  was  unwilling  to  fight  by  himself,  then  each 
should  add  to  himself  his  eldest  son ;  and  if  this 
were  not  enough,  each  should  take  two,  three,  or  four 
noble  knights  nearest  in  blood  to  themselves  and 
their  sons  ;  and  that  the  conquered  should  yield  his 
claims  to  the  conqueror.  These  offers  the  Frenchmen 
totally  rejected,  and  promised  battle  on  the  Tuesday. 
(The  Frenchmen  would  not  accept  an  earlier  day,  nor  pledge 
themselves  to  the  good  faith  of  John  :  Tuesday  was  at  last 
agreed  upon,  but  John  did  not  appear). 

Whereupon  Edward  gave  each  of  the  foreign 
mercenaries  over,  and  above  the  promised  pay,  presents 
in  proportion  to  their  rank,  and  returned  to  England 
much  praised. 


SCOTCH   II'. IR   RE\K\-\'E1).  165 

1355.— Capture  of  Berwick  by  the  Scots. 

Avesbury,  209-10. 

(In  1354  the  conditions  upon  which  king  David  Bruce  should 
be  free  had  been  arranged,  but  before  they  could  be  carried  out, 
French  men  and  money  appeared  in  Scotland  and  encouraged 
the  national  party  to  renew  the  struggle.) 

While  the  events  above  told  were  taking  place 
abroad,  the  Scots  came  secretly  to  the  town  of  Ber- 
wick with  great  force,  on  the  sixth  of  November,  and 
entered  the  town  at  sunrise  by  stealth  and  unobserved 
by  the  garrison.  Two  or  three  English  who  tried  to 
resist  were  slain  ;  the  whole  town  and  all  that  it  con- 
tained were  captured  ;  save  that  some  took  refuge  in 
the  castle  and  held  it. 

(Edward  on  his  return  held  a  parliament,  which  granted  him 
large  supplies.) 

On  S.  Andrew's  day  (Nov.  30),  parliament  being 
at  an  end,  our  noble  lord  the  king  hastened  towards 
Scotland,  and  kept  Christmas  at  Newcastle-on-Tyne  ; 
meanwhile  causing  a  great  army  to  be  gathered  for 
the  recovery  of  Berwick. 

1355.— Of  the  terrible  and  wonderful  expedition  of 
the  prince  of  Wales  from  Bordeaux  to  Narbonne. 

Avesbury,  210. 

While  the  king  of  England  was  in  Northumberland 
preparing  to  enter  Scotland,  letters  came  to  London 
from  the  lord  Edward,  his  eldest  son,  who  was  then 
warring  in  Gascony,  and  also  other  letters  from  the 
lord  John  of  Wingfield,  knight,  who  was  then  and  had 
long  been  as  it  were  the  leader  and  chief  councillor 


1 66  THE  PRINCE  IN  G A  SCO  NY. 

of  the  prince,  directed  to  the  lord  bishop  of  Win- 
chester, treasurer  of  the  king,  saying  how  the  prince 
had  harried  all  the  lands  not  yet  under  the  allegiance 
of  the  king  of  England  from  the  city  of  Bordeaux  to 
the  city  of  Narbonne,  which  is  near  the  Greek  sea.* 
He  had  taken  by  assault  about  five  hundred  country 
towns,  and  many  great  cities  and  walled  towns, 
taking  infinite  spoil,  and  laying  the  country  waste  by 
fire  for  eight  weeks.  The  city  of  Narbonne  was 
captured,  all  but  the  castle  ;  and  when  the  men  of 
Montpellier  heard  this,  they  feared  lest  they  should 
suffer  the  same  fate,  and  therefore  had  all  the  houses 
in  the  suburbs  taken  down  and  the  materials  carried 
into  the  city.  The  scholars  of  the  university  there, 
and  even  the  friars,  and  many  others  who  lived  in  the 
suburbs,  as  well  as  a  great  number  from  the  country 
around,  betook  themselves  in  terror  to  Avignon,  with 
such  property  as  they  could  carry,  that  they  might  be 
under  the  protection  of  the  pope.  Our  lord  the 
pope,  not  thinking  himself  safe,  caused  all  the  gates 
of  his  palace  to  be  secured  with  iron.  The  pope's 
marshal  went  out  to  meet  the  prince  with  more  than 
five  hundred  men  of  arms,  some  Provencals  and  some 
from  the  retinues  of  the  lord  cardinals,  but  fifty  of 
his  men  were  slain,  the  marshal  himself  was  captured, 
and  set  to  ransom  for  50,000  shield-florins,  bringing 
back  scarcely  more  than  80  of  his  men.  So  they  were 
shrunk  in  the  wetting !  After  destroying  Narbonne, 
the  prince  of  Wales  heard  that  the  earl  of  Armagnac, 
the  constable  of  France,  the  marshal  of  Clermont, 
*  f  he  Mediterranean. 


EDWARD  IN  SCOTLAND.  167 

and  the  prince  of  Orange,  with  other  magnates,  had 
gathered  an  innumerable  force  against  him,  and  were 
coming  against  him  to  join  battle,  and  therefore  he 
turned  to  meet  them.  Whereupon  the  Frenchmen 
were  struck  with  terror,  and  dared  not  to  stand  in  his 
way,  and  fled  into  the  mountains  and  other  safe  places 
where  they  could  not  be  attacked. 

1356.— Burnt  Candlemas. 

.Avesbury,   235. 

(The  Scotch  in  Berwick  had  quickly  capitulated.  Edward  now 
thought  it  possible  to  gain  the  direct  sovereignty  of  Scotland,  and 
caused  Edward  Balliol  to  formally  make  over  to  him  all  his 
rights  to  the  throne.) 

On  Jan.  27  the  lord  Edward,  king  of  England, 
the  kingdom  and  crown  of  Scotland  having  been  thus 
transferred  to  him  at  Roxburgh,  began  to  ride  forward 
in  his  new  kingdom  of  Scotland,  having  with  him 
three  thousand  men  of  arms,  and  ten  thousand  armed 
men,  more  than  ten  thousand  archers  on  horseback, 
and  as  many  more  on  foot,  carrying  among  other 
standards  the  royal  banner  of  Scotland.  Then 
William  Douglas,  a  lord  very  rich  in  those  parts, 
came  to  the  king  with  words  of  peace,  and  craftily 
begged  for  a  truce  of  ten  days,  wherein  he  might 
speak  to  the  other  nobles  of  the  kingdom  of  Scotland, 
and  win  them  over  to  the  allegiance  of  the  new 
king  of  Scotland.  And  the  king,  being  perfect  in 
charity  and  believing  everything,  granted  him  the 
truce.  But,  during  the  ten  days,  the  said  William  and  the 
other  lords  of  those  parts  around  the  Scotch  sea  had 


1 68  HARRYING  OF  THE  LOWLANDS. 

as  much  of  their  property  as  they  could  carried  to  the 
castles  and  other  secret  subterranean  places,  and  then 
when  the  ten  days  were  over,  they  fled  from  the  face 
of  the  king  and  betook  themselves  to  hiding-places 
in  the  woods  and  marshes.  Then  the  king,  seeing 
that  he  was  greatly  deceived  by  William  Douglas, 
ravaged  aud  burnt  all  his  lands  and  those  of  other 
lords  as  far  as  the  Scotch  sea,  so  that  nothing  that 
could  be  taken  remained  unburnt.  But  they  had 
very  little  food,  and  many  ships  coming  from 
England  to  the  king  with  food  were  so  horribly 
tost  by  the  tempests  of  the  sea  that  some  of  them 
were  lost,  others  were  driven  by  the  winds  to  various 
English  ports,  and  some  were  borne  to  foreign  parts. 
So,  as  food  failed  them,  our  lord  the  king  returned 
to  England,  being  for  the  time  frustrated  in  his 
purpose. 

1356.— The  night  before  Poitiers. 

Froissart,  cli.  159  (i.  §  377.) 

(In  the  summer  the  duke  of  Lancaster  crossed  to  La  Hogue, 
and  ravaged  Normandy  ;  but  being  met  by  the  French  king  with  a 
superior  force  he  turned  aside  into  Brittany.  On  July  6,  the 
prince  of  Wales  left  Bordeaux  with  a  small  army  and  marched 
north,  hoping  to  join  Lancaster.  King  John  thereupon  turned 
south  and  near  Poitiers  caught  up  the  prince  who  was  returning 
on  account  of  failure  of  provisions.) 

.  .  .  Thus  the  prince  rode  that  Saturday  from 
the  morning  till  it  was  against  night,  so  that  he  came 
within  two  little  leagues  of  Poitiers  ;  then  the  Captal 
de  Buch,  sir  Aymenon  of  Pumiers,  the  lord  Bartholo- 
mew of  Berghersh,  and  lord  Eustace  d'  Ambreticourt, 


POITIERS.  169 

all  these  the  Prince  sent  forth,  to  see  if  they  might 
know  what  the  Frenchmen  did.  These  knights 
departed  with  two  hundred  men  of  arms  well  horsed. 
They  rode  so  far  that  they  saw  the  great  host  of  the 
king  of  France;  they  saw  all  the  fields  covered  with 
men  of  arms.  These  Englishmen  could  not  forbear, 
but  set  on  the  tail  of  the  French  host,  and  cut  down 
many  to  the  earth,  and  took  divers  prisoners  ;  so  that 
the  host  began  to  stir  and  tidings  thereof  came  to 
the  French  king  as  he  was  entering  into  the  city  of 
Poitiers.  Then  he  returned  again,  and  made  all  his 
host  do  the  same,  so  that  Saturday  it  wras  very  late 
ere  he  was  lodged  in  the  field.  The  English  scouts 
returned  again  to  the  prince  and  shewed  him  all  that 
they  saw  and  knew,  and  said  how  the  French  host 
was  a  great  number  of  people.  "Well,"  said  the 
prince,  "  in  the  name  of  God  let  us  now  study  how  we 
shall  fight  with  them  to  our  advantage."  That 
night  the  Englishmen  lodged  in  a  strong  place 
itrnong  hedges,  vines,  and  bushes ;  and  their  host 
was  well  watched,  and  so  was  the  French  host. 

1356.— Of    the    order    of    the    French    before    the 
battle  of  Poitiers. 

Froissart  ch.    160     (I.   §  3/8). 

On  the  Sunday  in  the  morning  the  French  king, 
who  had  great  desire  to  fight  with  the  Englishmen, 
heard  his  mass  in  his  pavilion,  and  was  houseled  and 
his  four  sons  with  him.  After  mass  there  came  to 
him  the  duke  of  Orleans,  the  duke  of  Bourbon,  the 
count  of  Ponthieu  and  divers  others  ; 


ryo  THE  FRENCH  ARMY. 

all  these  with  the  king  went  to  council.  Then  finally 
it  was  ordained  that  all  manner  of  men  should  draw 
into  the  field,  and  every  lord  display  his  banner 
and  set  forth  in  the  name  of  God  and  saint  Denis. 
Then  trumpets  blew  up  through  the  host,  and  every 
man  mounted  on  horseback  and  went  into  the  field, 
where  they  saw  the  king's  banner  wave  with  the  wind. 
There  might  have  been  seen  great  nobles  with  fair 
harness  and  rich  array  of  banners  and  pennons,  for 
there  was  all  the  flower  of  France.  There  was  none 
durst  abide  at  home  without  he  would  be  shamed  for 
ever.  Then  it  was  ordained  by  the  advice  of  the 
constable  and  marshals  that  three  lines  of  battle 
should  be  made  ;  and  in  each  division  sixteen 
thousand  men  of  arms.  .  .  .  The  first  battle  the 
duke  of  Orleans  was  to  govern  with  thirty-six  banners 
and  twice  as  many  pennons  ;  the  second  the  duke  of 
Normandy  and  his  two  brethren  the  lord  Louis  and 
the  lord  John  ;  the  third  the  king  himself.  And 
while  these  battles  were  setting  in  array,  the  king 
called  to  him  the  lord  Eustace  Ribeaumont,  the  lord 
John  of  Landas  and  the  lord  Guiscard  of  Beaujeu, 
and  said  to  them,  "  Sirs,  ride  on  before  to  see  the 
dealing  of  the  Englishmen,  and  mark  well  what 
number  they  be,  and  by  what  means  we  may  fight 
with  them,  either  on  foot  or  a  horseback."  These 
three  knights  rode  forth.  The  king  was  on  a  white 
charger  and  cried  aloud  to  his  men,  "  Sirs,  among  you 
when  you  are  at  Paris,  at  Chartres,  at  Rouen,  or  at 
Orleans,  then  you  do  threaten  the  Englishmen  and 
desire  to  be  in  arms  out  against  them.  Now  you  are 


POSITION  OF  THE  ENGLISH.  17  1 

come  thereto  ;  I  shall  now  shew  you  them  ;  now 
shew  forth  your  evil  will  that  ye  bear  them,  and  make 
them  to  rue  the  displeasures  and  damages  they  have 
done  you,  for  without  doubt  we  shall  fight  with 
them."  Such  as  heard  him  said,  "  Sir,  in  God's  name 
so  be  it ;  that  would  we  see  gladly."  Herewith  the 
three  knights  returned  again  to  the  king,  who 
demanded  of  them  tidings.  Then  sir  Eustace  of 
Ribeaumont  answered  for  all,  and  said,  "  Sir,  we  have 
seen  the  Englishmen,  and,  by  estimation,  they  are  two 
thousand  men  at  arms,  and  four  thousand  archers,' 
and  fifteen  hundred  others ;  howbeit  they  are  in 
a  strong  place.  And,  as  far  as  we  can  imagine, 
they  are  arranged  in  one  body  ;  howbeit  they  are 
wisely  ordered,  and  along  the  way  they  have  fortified 
strongly  the  hedges  and  bushes  ;  one  part  of  their 
archers  are  along  by  the  hedge,  so  that  none  can  go 
nor  ride  that  way  but  must  pass  by  them.  And  that 
way  must  you  go,  if  you  purpose  to  fight  with  them. 
In  this  hedge  there  is  but  one  entry  and  one  issue, 
through  which  perchance  but  four  horsemen  may 
ride  abreast ;  at  the  end  of  this  hedge,  where  no  man 
can  go  nor  ride,  there  be  men  of  arms  afoot  and 
archers  before  them  in  manner  of  a  harrow,  so  that 
they  will  not  be  lightly  discomfited."  "  Well,"  said 
the  king,  "what  will  you  then  counsel  us  to  do?"  Sir 
Eustace  said,  "  Sir,  let  us  all  be  afoot  except  three 
hundred  men  of  arms  well  horsed,  of  the  best  in 
your  host  and  most  hardy,  to  the  intent  they  may 
somewhat  break  and  open  the  archers  ;  and  then 
your  divisions  to  follow  on  quickly  afoot,  and  so 


172          INTERVENTION  OF  A  CARDINAL. 

to  fight  with  their  men  of  arms  hand  to  hand.  This 
is  the  best  advice  that  I  can  give  you  ;  if  any  other 
think  any  other  way  better,  let  him  speak."  The  king 
said,  "Thus  shall  it  be  done." 

1356.— How  the  cardinal  of  Perigord  treated  to 
make  agreement  "between  the  French  king  and 
the  prince  before  the  battle  of  Poitiers. 

Froissart,  ch.  161  (i.  §  380.) 

When  the  French  king's  lines  of  battle  were 
ordered  and  every  lord  under  his  banner  among 
his  own  men,  then  it  was  commanded  that  every 
man  should  cut  his  spear  to  five  feet  long,  and 
every  man  put  off  his  spurs.  Thus  as  they 
were  ready  to  approach,  the  cardinal  of  Perigord 
came  in  great  haste  to  the  king  ;  he  came  the 
same  morning  from  Poitiers  ;  he  kneeled  down  to 
the  king  and  held  up  his  hands,  and  desired  him 
for  God's  sake  a  little  to  abstain  setting  forward 
till  he  had  spoken  with  him.  Then  he  said,  "Sir,  ye 
have  here  all  the  flower  of  your  realm  against  a  hand- 
ful of  Englishmen  in  comparison  to  your  company. 
And,  sir,  if  you  may  have  them  accorded  to  you 
without  battle,  it  shall  be  more  profitable  and  honour- 
able to  have  them  by  that  manner,  rather  than  to 
adventure  so  noble  chivalry  as  you  have  here  present. 
Sir,  I  beg  of  you  in  the  name  of  God  and  humility 
that  I  may  ride  to  the  prince,  and  shew  him  what 
danger  you  have  him  in."  The  king  said,  "  It 
pleaseth  me  well  ;  but  return  again  shortly."  The 
cardinal  departed,  and  diligently  IK'  rode  to  the 


CHANDOS  AND  CLERMONT.  ^73 

prince,  who  was  among  his  men*"afoot.  Then  the 
cardinal  alighted,  and  came  to  the  prince,  who 
received  him  courteously.  Then  the  cardinal,  after 
his  salutation  made,  said,  "  Certainly,  fair  son,  if 
you  and  your  counsel  consider  rightly  the  puissance 
of  the  French  king,  you  will  suffer  me  to  treat  to 
make  a  peace  between  you,  if  I  may."  The  prince, 
who  was  young  and  lusty,  said,  "  Sir,  the  honour 
of  me  and  of  my  people  saved,  I  would  gladly 
fall  to  any  reasonable  way." 

Then  the  cardinal  said,  "  Sir,  you  say  well,  and 
T  shall  accord  you  if  I  can  ;  for  it  should  be  great 
pity  if  so  many  noble  men  and  others  as  be  here 
on  both  parties  should  come  together  by  battle." 

That  Sunday  all  the  day  the  cardinal 

travailed  in  riding  from  the  one  host  to  the  other 
gladly  to  agree  them In  the  mean- 
season  that  the  cardinal  rode  thus  between  the 
hosts,  in  trust  to  do  some  good,  certain  knights 
of  France  and  of  England  both  rode  forth  the  same 
Sunday,  because  it  was  truce  for  that  day,  to  coast 
the  hosts  and  to  behold  the  dealing  of  their  enemies. 
So  it  fortuned  that  the  lord  John  Chandos  rode 
the  same  day  coasting  the  French  host  ;  and  in 
like  manner  the  lord  of  Clermont,  one  of  the 
French  marshals,  had  ridden  forth  and  viewed  the 
state  of  the  English  host  ;  and  as  these  two  knights 
returned  towards  their  hosts  they  met  together,  and 
each  of  them  bore  one  manner  of  device ;  a  blue 
lady  embroidered  in  a  sunbeam  above  on  their 
apparel.  Then  the  lord  Clermont  said:  ''Chandos, 


174  BATTLE  INEVITABLE. 

how  long  have  you  taken  on  you  to  bear  my  device  ?" 
''Nay,  you  bear  mine,"  said  Chandos,  "for  it  is  as 
well  mine  as  yours."  "  I  deny  that,"  said  Clermont, 
"  and  if  it  were  not  for  the  truce  this  day  between 
us,  I  should  make  it  good  on  you  forthwith  that 
you  have  no  right  to  bear  my  device."  "  Ha!  sir," 
said  Chandos,  "you  shall  find  me  to-morrow  ready 
to  meet  you,  and  to  prove  by  feat  of  arms  that  it 
is  as  well  mine  as  yours."  Then  Clermont  said, 
"  Chandos,  these  be  well  the  words  of  you  English- 
men, for  you  can  devise  nothing  new,  but  all  that 
you  see  is  good  and  fair."  So  they  departed 
without  any  more  doing,  and  each  of  them  returned 
to  their  host. 

The  cardinal  of  Perigord  could  in  no  wise  that 
Sunday  make  any  agreement  between  the  parties  ; 
and  when  it  was  near  night  he  returned  to  Poitiers. 

All    the   prince's    company   passed 

not  eight  thousand  men  of  one  and  other,  and 
the  Frenchmen  were  sixty  thousand  fighting  men, 
whereof  there  were  more  than  three  thousand 
knights. 

1356,  Sept.  19.— Of  the  battle  of  Poitiers  between 
the  prince  of  Wales  and  the  French  king-. 

Froissart,  ch.  162  (i.  §  384). 

When  the  prince  saw  that  he  should  have  battle, 
and  that  the  cardinal  was  gone  without  any  peace 
or  truce  making,  and  saw  that  the  French  king 
did  not  set  but  little  store  by  him,  he  said  then 
to  his  men,  "  Now,  sirs,  though  we  are  but  a 


how  Ic 

4 'Nay, 

well  n 

"  and 

us,  I 

you  h 

said  < 

to  m 

is  as 

«Ch; 

men, 

you 

with' 

to  tl 

Tl 

Sun  i 
and 

not 
the 
whc 
kni 

ise 


an 
or 
di 
to 


SfR  JA  MRS  A  UDLE  Y.  175 

small  company  as  in  regard  to  the  puissance  of 
our  enemies,  let  us  not  be  abashed  therefor,  for 
the  victory  lieth  not  in  the  multitude  of  people, 
but  where  as  God  will  send  it.  If  it  fortune  that 
the  day  be  ours,  we  shall  be  the  most  honoured 
people  of  all  the  world ;  and  if  we  die  in  our 
right  quarrel,  I  have  the  king  my  father  and  my 
brethren,  and  also  you  have  good  friends  and 
kinsmen,  these  shall  avenge  us.  Therefore,  sirs, 
for  God's  sake  I  require  you  to  do  your  devoir 
this  day ;  for  if  God  be  pleased  and  Saint  George, 
this  day  shall  see  me  a  good  knight."  These 
words  and  such  others  that  the  prince  spake  com- 
forted all  his  people.  The  lord  sir  John  Chandos 
that  clay  never  went  from  the  prince  :  nor  also  the 
lord  James  Audley,  for  a  great  while  ;  but  when 
he  saw  that  they  should  needs  fight,  he  said  to 
the  prince,  "  Sir,  I  have  served  always  truly  my 
lord  your  father  and  you  also,  and  shall  do  as  long 
as  I  live ;  I  say  this  because  I  made  once  a  vow 
that  the  first  battle  that  either  the  king  your  father 
or  any  of  his  children  should  be  at,  how  that  I 
would  be  one  of  the  first  setters-on,  or  else  to 
die  in  the  pain.  Therefore,  I  require  your  grace 
as  in  regard  for  any  service  that  ever  I  did  to  the 
king  your  father  or  to  you,  that  you  will  give  me 
licence  to  depart  from  you  and  to  set  myself  there 
as  I  may  accomplish  my  vow."  The  prince  accorded 
to  his  desire  and  said,  "  Sir  James,  God  give  you 
this  day  that  grace  to  be  the  best  knight  of  all 
others,"  and  so  took  him  by  the  hand.  Then  the 


1 7  6  / '//#  nun  7 '  /.'/•;  (;  i. \  x 

knight  departed  from  tlie  prince,  and  went  to  the 
foremost  front  of  all  the  battles,  only  accompanied 
with  four  squires  who  promised  not  to  fail  him. 
This  lord  James  was  a  right  sage  and  a  valiant 
knight,  and  by  him  was  much  of  the  host  ordained 

and  governed  the  day  before Then  the 

battle  began  on  all  parts,  and  the  lines  of  the 
marshals  of  France  approached,  and  they  set  forth 
that  were  appointed  to  break  the  ranks  of  the 
archers.  They  entered  a-horse-back  into  the  way, 
where  the  great  hedges  were  on  both  sides  set  full 
of  archers.  As  soon  as  the  men  of  arms  entered, 
the  archers  began  to  shoot  on  both  sides,  and  did 
slay  and  hurt  horses  and  knights.  So  that  the 
horses,  when  they  felt  the  sharp  arrows,  would 
in  no  wise  go  forward,  but  drew  back  and  flung 
and  took  on  so  fiercely  that  many  of  them  fell 
on  their  masters,  so  that  for  press  they  could  not 
rise  again.  Insomuch  that  the  marshal's  division 
could  never  come  at  the  prince.  Certain  knights 
and  squires  that  were  well  mounted  passed  through 
the  archers,  and  thought  to  approach  to  the  prince, 
but  they  could  not.  The  lord  James  Audley,  with 
four  squires,  was  in  the  front  of  that  battle,  and 
there  did  marvels  in  arms  ;  and  by  great  prowess 
he  came  and  fought  with  sir  Arnold  d'Andrehen 
under  his  own  banner,  and  there  they  fought  long 
together,  and  sir  Arnold  was  there  sore  handled. 
The  division  of  the  marshals  began  to  disorder 
by  reason  of  the  shot  of  the  archers  with  the 
aid  of  the  men  of  arms,  who  came  in  among 


THE  FRENCH  ATTACK  FAILS.  177 

them,  and  slew  them,  and  did  what  they  list. 
And  there  was  the  lord  Arnold  D'Andrehen  taken 
prisoner  by  other  men  than  by  sir  James  Audley,  or 
by  his  four  squires,  for  that  day  he  never  took 
prisoner,  but  always  fought  and  went  on  his  enemies. 
Also,  on  the  French  part,  the  lord  John  Clermont 
fought  under  his  own  banner  as  long  as  he  could 
endure  ;  but  there  he  \vas  beaten  down  and  could 
not  be  relieved  nor  ransomed,  but  was  slain  without 
mercy ;  some  said  it  was  because  of  the  words  that 
he  had  the  day  before  to  sir  John  Chandos.  So 
within  a  short  space  the  marshal's  divisions  were 
discomfited,  for  they  fell  one  upon  another  and 
could  not  go  forth ;  and  the  Frenchmen  that  were 
behind  and  could  not  get  forward  recoiled  back,  and 
came  on  the  battalion  of  the  duke  of  Normandy, 
which  was  great  and  thick  and  afoot  ;  but 
anon  they  began  to  open  behind.  For  when  they 
knew  that  the  marshal's  division  was  discomfited 
they  took  their  horses  and  departed,  he  that  might 
best.  Also  they  saw  a  rout  of  Englishmen  coming 
down  a  little  mountain  on  horseback  and  many 
archers  with  them,  who  broke  in  on  the  side  of  the 
duke  of  Orleans'  division.  True  to  say,  the  archers 
did  their  company  that  day  great  advantage,  for  they 
shot  so  thick  that  the  Frenchmen  wist  not  on  what 
side  to  take  heed  ;  and  little  and  little  the  English- 
men won  ground  on  them.  And  when  the  men  of 
arms  of  England  saw  that  the  marshal's  division 
was  discomfited,  and  that  the  duke's  division  began  to 
disorder  and  open,  they  leapt  then  on  their  horses 


1  7  8  6774^ GK  OF  EXGL  fSIf  CA  VA LR  \ '. 

which  they  had  ready  by  them.  Then  they 
assembled  together,  and  cried  "  Saint  George  for 
Guienne  !  "  And  the  lord  Chandos  said  to  the 
prince,  "  Sir,  take  your  horse  and  ride  forth ;  this 
enterprise  is  yours  ;  God  is  this  day  in  your  hands ; 
get  us  to  the  French  king's  division,  for  there  lieth 
all  the  sore  of  the  matter.  I  think  verily  by  his 
valiantness  he  will  not  fly ;  I  trust  we  shall  have  him, 
by  the  grace  of  God  and  Saint  George,  so  he  be  well 
fought  withal.  And  sir,  I  heard  you  say  that  this 
day  I  should  see  you  a  good  knight."  The  prince 
said,  "  Let  us  go  forth  ;  you  shall  not  see  me  this 
day  turn  back.''  Then  he  said,  "Advance  banner  in 
the  name  of  God  and  of  Saint  George !  "  The 
knight  that  bore  it  did  his  commandment.  There 
was  then  a  sore  battle  and  a  perilous,  and  many  a 
man  overthrown ;  and  he  that  was  once  down  could 
not  be  raised  again,  without  great  succour  and  aid. 
As  the  prince  rode  and  entered  in  among  his 
enemies,  he  saw  on  his  right  hand,  in  a  little  bush 
lying  dead,  the  lord  Robert  of  Durazzo  and  his  banner 
by  him,  and  ten  or  twelve  of  his  men  about  him. 
Then  the  prince  said  to  two  of  his  squires  and  to 
three  archers,  "  Sirs,  take  the  body  of  this  knight  on 
a  shield  and  bear  him  to  Poitiers,  and  present  him 
from  me  to  the  Cardinal  of  Perigord  and  say  how  I 
salute  him  by  this  token."  And  this  was  done.  The 
prince  was  informed  that  the  cardinal's  men  were  on 
the  field  against  him,  howbeit  without  the  knowledge 
or  consent  of  their  master,  the  which  was  not 
according  to  the  right  order  of  arms  ;  for  men  of 


VALOUR   O/-'  A7.V<7  JOHX.  179 

the  Church,  that  come  and  go  for  treaty  of  peace, 
ought  not  by  reason  to  bear  arms  nor  to  fight  for 
either  of  the  parties ;  they  ought  to  be  indifferent. 
And  because  these  men  had  done  so,  the  prince  was 
displeased  with  the  cardinal,  and  therefore  he  sent 
unto  him  his  nephew,  the  lord  Robert  of  Durazzo, 

dead 

The  lord  James  Audley  with  the  aid  of  his  four 
squires  fought  always  in  the  chief  of  the  battle.  He 
was  sore  hurt  in  the  body  and  in  the  visage ;  as  long 
as  his  breath  served  him,  he  fought.  At  last,  at  the 
end  of  the  battle,  his  four  squires  took  and  brought 
him  out  of  the  field,  and  laid  him  under  a  hedge- 
side  for  to  refresh  him.  And  they  unarmed  him  and 
bound  up  his  wounds  as  well  as  they  could.  On  the 
French  part,  king  John  was  that  day  a  full  right  good 
knight ;  if  the  fourth  part  of  his  men  had  done  their 
devoirs  as  well  as  he  did,  the  day  had  been  his  by  all 
likelihood. 

1356.— How  king  John  was  taken  prisoner  at  the 
battle  of  Poitiers. 

Froissart,  ch.  163  (I.  §  392). 

Often  times  the  adventures  of  love  and  of  war  are 
more  fortunate  and  marvellous  than  any  man  can 
think  or  wish.  Truly  this  battle,  the  which  was 
near  to  Poitiers,  in  the  fields  of  Beaumont  and 
Maupertuis,  was  right  great  and  perilous,  and  many 
deeds  of  arms  there  were  done,  the  which  came 
not  all  to  knowledge.  The  fighters  on  both  parties 
endured  much  pain.  King  John  with  his  own  hands 


i  8  o  A  7.  \  c;     OHN  CA  PTUR  KJ). 


did  that  day  marvels  in  arms  ;  he  had  an  axe  in  his 
hands,  wherewith  he  defended  himself  and  fought  in 
the  breaking  of  the  press.     The  chase   endured  to 
the  gates  of  Poitiers  ;    there  were  many  slain  and 
beaten   down,   horse  and  man,  for  they  of  Poitiers 
closed  their  gates  and  would  surfer  none  to  enter. 
Wherefore  in  the  street  before  the  gate  was  horrible 
murder,  men  hurt  and  beaten  down.     The  French- 
men  yielded   themselves  as  far   off  as   they   might 
know   an   Englishman  ;    there   were    divers   English 
archers     that    had     four,     five,     or     six     prisoners. 
.......     Then  there   was   a   great   press 

to  take  the  king,  and  such  as  knew  him  cried 
"  Sir,  yield  you,  or  else  you  are  but  dead  !"  There 
was  a  knight  of  Saint  Omer  retained  in  wages  with 
the  king  of  England,  called  sir  Denis  Morbeque,. 
who  had  served  the  Englishmen  five  years  before, 
because  in  his  youth  he  had  forfeited  the  realm  of 
France  for  a  murder  that  he  did  at  Saint  Omer.  It 
happened  so  well  for  him  that  he  was  next  to  the 
king  when  they  were  about  to  take  him.  He  stept 
forth  into  the  press,  and  by  strength  of  his  body  and 
arms  he  came  to  the  French  king,  and  said  in  good 
French,  "  Sir,  yield  you."  The  king  beheld  the 
knight  and  said,  "  To  whom  shall  I  yield  me  ? 
Where  is  my  cousin  the  prince  of  Wales  ?  If  I 
might  see  him,  I  would  speak  with  him."  Denis 
answered  and  said,  "  Sir,  he  is  not  here,  but  yield 
you  to  me,  and  I  shall  bring  you  to  him."  "  Who 
are  you?"  quoth  the  king.  "Sir,"  quoth  he,  "I 
am  Denis  of  Morbeque,  a  knight  of  Artois,  but  I 


AFTER    THE  BATTLE.  181 

serve  the  king  of  England  because  I  am  banished 
the  realm  of  France,  and  I  have  forfeited  all  that 
I  had  there."  Then  the  king  gave  him  his  right 
gauntlet,  saying  "  I  yield  me  to  you."  There  was 
a  great  press  about  the  king,  for  every  man  was  anxious 
to  say  "  I  have  taken  him  ;"  so  that  the  king 
could  not  go  forward  with  his  young  son,  the  lord 
Philip,  with  him  by  cause  of  the  press.  The  prince 
of  Wales,  who  was  courageous  and  cruel  as  a  lion, 
took  that  day  great  pleasure  to  fight  and  to  chase  his 
enemies.  The  lord  John  Chandos  who  was  with 
him  all  that  day  never  left  him,  and  never  took 
heed  of  taking  of  any  prisoner.  Then,  at  end  of  the 
battle,  he  said  to  the  prince,  "  Sir,  it  were  good  that 
you  rested  here,  and  set  your  banner  ahigh  in  this 
bush,  that  your  people  may  draw  hither,  for  they  be 
sore  spread  abroad  ;  I  can  see  no  more  banners 
nor  pennons  of  the  French  party.  Wherefore,  sir, 
rest  and  refresh  you,  for  you  are  sore  chafed."  Then 
the  prince's  banner  was  set  up  ahigh  on  a  bush,  and 
trumpets  and  clarions  began  to  sound.  Then  the 
prince  did  take  oft'  his  basenet ;  and  the  knights  for 
his  body  and  those  of  his  chamber  were  ready  about 
him  and  a  red  pavilion  pitched.  And  when  the 
two  marshals  were  come  to  the  prince  he  demanded 
of  them  if  they  knew  any  tidings  of  the  French  king. 
They  answered  and  said,  "  Sir,  we  hear  none  of 
certainty,  but  we  think  verily  he  is  either  dead  or 
taken,  for  he  is  not  gone  out  of  the  battle."  Then 
the  prince  said  to  the  earl  of  Warwick  and  to  sir 
Reynold  Cobham,  "  Sirs,  I  require  you  to  go  forth 


I  8  2  JOHN  IN  PER  IL . 

and  see  what  you  can  know,  that  at  your  return  you 
may  show  me  the  truth."  These  two  lords  took 
their  horses  and  departed  from  the  prince,  and  rode 
up  a  little  hill  to  look  about  them.  Then  they 
perceived  a  flock  of  men  of  arms  coming  together 
right  wearily.  There  was  the  French  king  afoot  in 
great  peril ;  for  Englishmen  and  Gascons  were  his 
masters.  They  had  taken  him  from  sir  Denis 
Morbeque  perforce,  and  such  as  were  most  of  force 
said,  "  I  have  taken  him."  "  Nay,"  quoth  another, 
"I  have  taken  him ;"  so  they  strove  which  should  have 
him.  Then  the  French  king  to  escape  that  peril 
said,  "  Sirs,  strive  not,  lead  me  courteously  and  my 
son  to  my  cousin  the  prince,  and  strive  not  for  my 
taking.  For  I  am  a  lord  great  enough  to  make  you  all 
rich."  The  king's  wrords  somewhat  appeased  them, 
howbeit  ever  as  they  went  they  made  riot  and  brawled 
for  the  taking  of  the  king.  When  the  two  aforesaid 
lords  saw  and  heard  that  noise  and  strife  among 
them,  they  came  to  them  and  said,  "  Sirs,  what  is 
the  matter  that  you  strive  for  ?"  "  Sirs,"  saicl  one  of 
them,  "  it  is  for  the  French  king,  who  is  here  taken 
prisoner  ;  and  there  be  more  than  ten  knights  and 
squires  that  challenge  the  taking  of  him  and  his 
son."  Then  the  two  lords  entered  into  the  press, 
and  caused  every  man  to  draw  aback,  and  commanded 
them  in  the  prince's  name,  on  pain  of  their  heads,  to 
make  no  more  noise  and  to  approach  the  king  no 
nearer  without  they  were  commanded.  Then  every 
man  gave  room  to  the  lords,  and -they  alighted  and 
did  their  reverence  to  the  king,  and  so  brought  him 
and  his  son  in  peace  and  rest  to  the  Prince  of  Wales- 


COURTESY  OF  THE  PRINCE.  183 

1356.— How  the  prince  made  a  supper  to  the  French 
king  the  same  day  of  the  battle. 

Froissart,  ch.  168.  (i.  §  397.) 

The  same  day  of  the  battle  at  night  the  prince 
made  a  supper  in  his  lodging  to  the  French  king  and 
to  the  most  part  of  the  great  lords  that  were  prisoners. 
And  always  the  prince  served  before  the  king  as 
humbly  as  he  could,  and  would  not  sit  at  the  king's 
board  for  any  desire  that  the  king  could  make ;  but 
he  said  he  was  not  sufficient  to  sit  at  the  table  with 
so  great  a  prince  as  the  king  was.  Then  he  said  to 
the  king,  "  Sir,  for  God's  sake  make  no  evil  nor 
heavy  cheer,  though  God  this  day  did  not  consent  to 
follow  your  will.  For,  sir,  surely  the  king  my 
father  shall  bear  you  as  much  honour  and  good 
will  as  he  may  do,  and  shall  accord  with  you  so 
reasonably  that  you  shall  ever  be  friends  together 
after.  And,  sir,  I  think  you  ought  to  rejoice,  though 
the  day  be  not  as  you  would  have  had  it,  for  this  day 
you  have  now  the  high  renown  of  prowess,  and  have 
passed  this  day  in  valiantness  all  other  of  your  party. 
Sir,  I  say  this  not  to  mock  you,  for  all  that  be  on  our 
party,that  saw  every  man's  deeds,  are  plainly  accorded 
by  true  sentence  to  give  you  the  prize  and  chaplet." 

Therewith  the  Frenchmen  began  to  murmur,  and 
said  among  themselves,  how  the  prince  had  spoken 
nobly,  and  that  by  all  estimation  he  should  prove  a 
noble  man  if  God  sent  him  life  and  to  persevere  in 
such  good  fortune. 


1 84  JOHN  IN  ENGLAND. 

1357.— How  the  prince  conveyed  the  French  king 
from  Bordeaux  into  England. 

Froissart,  eh.  173.     (i.  \  403.) 

Then  he  took  the  sea  and  certain  lords  of  Gascony 
with  him.  The  French  king  was  in  a  vessel  by  him- 
self to  be  more  at  his  ease.  There  went  with  them 
two  hundred  men  of  arms  and  two  thousand  archers. 
For  it  was  shewed  the  prince  that  the  three  estates, 
by  whom  the  realm  of  France  was  governed,  had  laid 
in  Normandy  and  Crotoy  two  great  armies  to  the 
intent  to  meet  with  him,  and  to  get  the  French  king 
out  of  his  hands  if  they  might ;  but  there  were  no 
such  that  appeared.  And  yet  they  were  on  the  sea 
eleven  days,  and  on  the  twelfth  day  they  arrived  at 
Sandwich.  Then  they  issued  out  of  their  ships,  and 
lay  all  that  night  and  tarried  there  two  days  to  refresh 
them,  and  on  the  third  day  they  rode  to  Canterbury. 
When  the  king  of  England  knew  of  their  coming  he 
commanded  them  of  London  to  prepare  themselves 
and  their  city  to  receive  such  a  man  as  the  French 
king  was.  Then  they  of  London  arrayed  themselves 
by  companies,  and  the  chief  masters'  clothing  different 
from  the  others.  At  Saint  Thomas  of  Canterbury 
the  French  king  and  the  prince  made  their  offerings, 
and  there  tarried  a  day,  and  then  rode  to  Rochester. 
And  they  tarried  there  that  day,  and  the  next  day  to 
Dartford,  and  the  fourth  day  to  London,  where  they 
were  honourably  received,  and  so  they  were  in  every 
good  town  as  they  passed.  The  French  king  rode 
through  London  on  a  white  charger  well-apparelled, 
ami  the  prince  on  a  little  black  hobby  by  him.  Thus 


AT  WINDSOR.  I $5 

he  was  conveyed  along  the  city  till  he  came  to  the 
Savoy,  the  which  house  pertained  to  the  heritage  of 
the  Duke  of  Lancaster.  There  the  French  king  kept 
his  house  a  long  season,  and  thither  came  to  see  him 
the  king  and  the  queen  of  England  oftentimes,  and 
made  him  great  feast  and  cheer.  Anon  after,  by  the 
commandment  of  pope  Innocent  the  Sixth,  there 
came  into  England  the  lord  cardinal  of  Perigord 
and  the  lord  Nicholas,  cardinal  of  Urgel.  They 
treated  for  a  peace  between  the  two  kings,  but  they 
could  bring  nothing  to  effect.  But  at  last  by  good 
means  they  procured  a  truce  between  the  two  kings 
and  all  their  allies,  to  endure  till  the  feast  of  Saint 
John  the  Baptist,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  God  1359. 
And  out  of  this  truce  was  excepted  the  lord  Philip  of 
Navarre  and  his  allies,  the  countess  of  Montfort  and 
the  duchy  of  Bretagny.  Anon  after  the  French  king 
was  moved  from  the  Savoy  to  the  castle  of  Windsor, 
and  all  his  household.  And  went  a-hunting  and 
a-hawking  there  about  at  his  pleasure,  and  the  lord 
Philip,  his  son,  with  him.  And  all  the  other 
prisoners  abode  still  at  London,  and  went  to  see 
the  king  at  their  pleasure. 


1360.— The  treaty  of  Bretigny. 

(The  truce  came  to  an  end  at  the  beginning  of  1359,  but  the 
Dauphin  and  the  French  estates  would  not  accept  the  English 
terms,  and  war  was  renewed.  Edward  gathered  a  larger  army 
than  ever  before,  marched  in  November  from  Calais  to  Rheinis, 
which  he  failed  to  reduce,  and  then  on  towards  Burgundy, 
forcing  its  duke  to  purchase  neutrality.  Returning,  he  encamped 


1 8  6  TERMS  OF  PEA  CE. 

outside  Paris,  not   venturing  upon  an  assault ;  and  at  last,    in 
May,  terms  of  peace  were  agreed  upon. 

Froissart,  ch.  212  (i.  §  474). 

.  .  .  ' '  Our  brother  of  France  and  his  said  son  are 
bound  and  promise  to  deli\7er  and  to  leave  to  us,  our 
heirs  and  successors  for  ever,  the  counties,  cities,  towns, 
castles,  fortresses,  lands,  isles,  rents,  revenues  and 
other  things  as  followeth,  beside  that  we  have  and 
hold  already  in  Guienne  and  Gascony,  to  possess 
perpetually  by  us  and  by  our  heirs  and  successors,  all 
that  is  in  demesne  and  all  that  is  in  fee,  by  the  time 
and  manner  hereafter  declared  :  that  is  to  say,  the 
castle  and  county  of  Poitiers,  and  all  the  lands  and 
country  of  Poitou,  with  the  fee  of  Thouars  and  the 
lands  of  Belleville  ;  the  city  and  castle  of  Saintes,  and 
all  the  lands  and  county  of  Saintonge,  on  both  sides 
the  river  of  Charente,  with  the  town  and  fortress  of 
Rochelle  and  their  appurtenances ;  and  the  city  and 
castle  of  Agen  and  the  country  of  Agenois ;  the  city, 
town,  and  castle  of  Perigord,  and  all  the  country 
thereto  belonging  ;  the  city  and  castle  of  Limoges 
and  the  land  and  country  of  Limousin  ;  the  city 
and  castle  of  Cahors ;  the  castle  and  country  of 
Tarbes ;  the  lands,  country,  and  county  of  Bigorre  ; 
the  county,  country,  and  land  of  Gaure  ;  the  city  and 
castle  of  Angouleme  and  all  the  country  thereto 
pertaining ;  the  city,  town,  and  castle  of  Rodez, 
and  the  county  and  country  of  Rouergne.  And  if 
there  be  in  the  duchy  of  Guienne  any  lords,  as  the 
carl  of  Foix,  the  earl  of  Armagnac,  the  earl  of  Lisle, 
the  viscount  of  Carmaine,  the  earl  of  Perigord,  the 


SO  VERE1GNT\ '  OF  GU1ENNE.  1 87 

viscount  of  Limoges,  or  other,  holding  any  lands  within 
the  foresaid  bounds,  they  shall  do  homage  to  us  and 
all  other  services  due  and  accustomed.  .  .  Also  the 
castle  and  town  of  Calais ;  the  castle,  town,  and 
seignory  of  Merle  ;  the  towns,  castles,  and  seignories 
of  Sangates,  Coulougne,  Ham,  Walles,  and  Oye  ;  with 
the  lands,  woods,  marshes,  rivers,  rents,  revenues, 
seignories,  advowsons  of  churches,  and  all  other 

appurtenances  and  places 

.  And  it  hath  been  agreed  that  our  said 
brother  and  his  eldest  son  should  renounce  all 
manner  of  sovereignty,  resort,  and  rights,  that  he 
should  have  of  any  of  them  or  for  them  ;  and  that 
we  should  hold  them  as  his  neighbour,  without  any 
resort  or  sovereignty  to  our  said  brother  or  to  the 
realm  of  France  ;  and  all  the  right  that  our  said 
brother  hath  in  the  aforesaid  things,  he  yieldeth  and 
transferreth  them  to  us  perpetually.  And  also  it  is 
agreed  that  likewise  we  and  our  said  son  expressly 
renounce  all  things  that  ought  not  to  be  delivered  to 
us  by  the  said  treaty,  and  specially  of  the  name  and 
right  to  the  crown  of  France  and  to  the  realm  and 
homage  and  sovereignty  and  domain  of  the  duchy 
of  Normandy,  of  the  county  of  Touraine,  and  of  the 
counties  of  Anjou  and  Maine,  and  the  sovereignty 
and  homage  of  the  duchy  of  Brittany ;  except  the 
right  of  the  earl  of  Montfort,  that  he  ought  or  might 
have  in  the  duchy  and  county  of  Brittany,  the  which 
we  reserve,  and  by  express  words  put  clean  out  of  this 
our  treaty,  saving  that  we  and  our  said  brother  when 
we  come  to  Calais  shall  order  that  matter  and  settle  a 
peace  and  concord  between  the  earl  Montfort  and 
our  cousin  the  lord  Charles  of  Blois. 


APPENDIX. 


i.     THE  AUTHORITIES. 

I.  The  greater  number  of  the  extracts  in  this  book  are  taken 
from  Lord  Bet-tiers'  Translation  of  the  Chronicle  of  Froissart. 
Jehan  Froissart  was  born  at  Valenciennes  about  1337,  and 
entered  very  early  the  service  of  his  countrywoman  Philippa 
of  Hainault,  the  queen  of  Edward  III.  Upon  her  death  in  1369 
he  returned  to  his  native  land,  and  it  was  then  that,  at  the 
request  of  Philippa's  brother-in-law,  Robert  of  Namur,  Froissart 
wrote  the  first  version  of  his  chronicle.  The  narrative  of  events 
before  1 356  is  based  upon  and,  in  the  earlier  part,  verbally  identical 
with  the  chronicle  of  Jehan  le  Bel,  whose  work  is  mentioned 
below  ;  it  is  to  this  writer,  and  not  to  Froissart,  that  we  are 
really  indebted  for  some  of  the  finest  and  best  known  passages, 
such  as  those  describing  the  death-bed  of  Robert  Bruce,  and 
the  siege  of  Calais.  Froissart  is  never  more  than  a  chronicler; 
he  is  never  a  critical  historian;  and  therefore,  as  was  natural 
with  his  surroundings,  this  first  version,  which  has  alone  become 
generally  known,  gives  only  the  English  version  of  the  disputes 
between  England  and  France  and  of  the  military  operations. 
In  reading  his  stii'ring  narrative,  this  partiality  for  the  English 
must  never  be  forgotten. 

Two  manuscripts,  those  of  Amiens  and  Valenciennes,  give 
a  later  version  of  Book  I.  It  seems  to  have  been  written  about 


APPENDIX.  189 

1376,  when  Froissart  was  under  the  patronage  of  two  linn 
adherents  of  France,  Wenceslas  of  Brabant  and  Guy  of  Blois, 
and  the  ties  binding  him  to  England  were  all  broken.  This 
second  narrative,  in  consequence,  presents  the  French  version 
of  the  events,  differing  frequently  from  the  earlier  account. 
And  a  still  later  version  is  preserved  in  one  manuscript  in  Rome. 
Froissart  had  become  a  canon  of  Chimay,  and  is  said  to  have 
died  in  1410. 

Froissart  never  attempts  to  examine  evidence ;  his  later 
versions  are  not  improved  and  corrected  editions  of  the  earlier, 
but  simply  "  other  accounts."  Each  is  but  a  well-written  repro- 
duction of  the  story  told  by  the  men  around  him  ;  and,  therefore, 
the  editor  has  not  scrupled  to  give  the  narrative  as  it  is  presented 
in  the  better  known  version,  although  it  is  somewhat  partisan  in 
character. 

An  additional  reason  for  so  doing  is  that  he  is  thus  enabled  to 
make  use  of  the  vigorous  sixteenth-century  translation  by  Li.nl 
Benit'rs.  which  reproduces  the  naive  simplicity  of  the  original  far 
more  than  any  modern  translator  could  hope  to  do.  John 
Bourchier,  hord  Beiners,  who  was  bom  some  sixty  years  after 
Froissart 's  death,  it  is  said  in  1467,  served  Henry  VII.  and 
Henry  VIII.  in  war  and  diplomacy;  and,  after  being  for  many 
years  governor  of  Calais,  died  in  that  town  in  1532.  His 
translation  of  Froissart,  undertaken  at  the  command  of  Henry 
VIII.,  was  printed  by  Pynson  in  black  letter  in  1523,  and 
reprinted  in  i<Si2.  The  only  changes  that  have  been  made  are 
such  verbal  alterations  as  are  necessary  to  make  the  sense  clear. 
The  references  at  the  head  of  each  extract  are  to  the  chapter  in 
which  it  will  be  found  in  Berners,  and,  in  brackets,  to  book  and 
section  in  the  only  critical  edition  of  Froissart  that  has  appeared, 
that  of  M.  Luce,  for  the  Sqciete  de  1'histoire  de  France. 

2.  Where  the  account  is  verbally  or  in  the  main  derived  from 


1 90  APPENDIX. 

Jehan  le  Bel,  a  reference  is  also  given  to  the  edition  of  that 
writer  by  M.  Polain  (1863).  Of  Jehan  le  Bel's  personal  history 
very  little  is  known,  save  that  he  was  of  a  patrician  family  of 
Liege,  and  was  born  about  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century  ; 
that  with  his  brother  he  accompanied  John  of  Hainault  to 
England,  and  took  part  in  the  expeditions  against  the  Scots 
in  the  early  years  of  Edward,  so  that  the  narrative  is  here  that 
of  an  eyewitness  ;  and  that  he  became  a  canon  of  Liege,  and 
died  in  1 370. 

3.  A  great  contrast  to  the  detailed  and  picturesque  narrative 
of  Froissart  is  presented  by  Adam  of  Murimuth,  who  wrote 
short  and  simple  annals  of  his  own  time  from  1303  to  1346.     He 
had  unusual  facilities  for  obtaining  information,  since  he  was 
employed  in  important  diplomatic  missions  by  Edward  II.  and 
Edward   III.,    gaining   as  reward   canonries   at   Hereford   and 
London.      His  information,  though  very  concise,  is  extremely 
valuable ;  an  anonymous  Continuatio,  which  is  equally  useful, 
carries  on  the  narrative  to  1380.     His  chronicle  was  edited  by 
Mr.  Hog  for  the  English  Historical  Society  in  1846. 

4.  Similar  in  character  is  the  work  of  Robert  of  Avesbttry* 
whose  "  History  of  the  wonderful  deeds  of  Edward  III."  has 
been   only   once   printed,  by  Thomas   Hearne   in   1720.      The 
writer  describes  himself  as  registrar  of  the  archbishop's  court  at 
Canterbury.     His  work  is  more  detailed  than  that  of  Murimuth 
or  his  continuator,  and  is  equally  trustworthy.     Unfortunately  it 
breaks  off  before  the  battle  of  Poitiers. 

5.  Henry  of  Knighton,  a  canon  at  Leicester,  in  the  second 
half  of  the  I5th  century,  had  access  to  the  papers  of  the  earls  of 
Leicester  of  the  house  of  Lancaster,  and  follows  with  special 
interest  and  pride  the  actions  of  Henry  of  Derby,  afterwards 
duke  of  Lancaster,     He  becomes  independent  in  his  narrative 
about  the  middle  of  the  century  ;  there  is  a  break  between  1367 


APPENDIX.  191 

and  1377  ;   and  then  lie  continues  his  work  to  1395.     We  owe  to 
him  ninny  interesting  notices  of  the  social  life  of  the  time. 

6.  The  Chronicle  of  Lanercost,  the  best  authority  for  Border 
history  and  for  the  Scotch  wars  of  the  period,  seems  to  have 
been    given    this    name    by   mistake  ;     it  was   more  probably 
written  by  a  Franciscan  of  the  convent  of  Carlisle.     The  author 
gives    full  accounts  of  the   campaigns   and   important  battles, 
written  with  considerable  vigour  and  rough  humour ;  his  sym- 
pathies   are,   of  course,    entirely  English.      The   chronicle  was 
edited  by  Mr.  Stevenson  for  the  Maitland  and  Bannatyne  clubs 
in  1839. 

7.  Two  interesting  extracts  have  been  made  from  a  popular 
manual   for  confessors  and  the  devout,  called  the  Ayenbite  of 
Inwyt,    which   has   been   edited   by   Mr.    Morris.       This   is    a 
translation  made  by  Dan  Michel,  a  Kentish  monk,  about  1340, 
of  an  earlier  French  treatise,  and  illustrates  excellently  the  econo- 
mic ideas  of  the  time. 

Besides  these  sources  of  information,  use  has  been  made  of 
Political  Poems,  ed.  Weight,  the  Munimenta  Gildhallae,  ed. 
Riley,  the  Gesta  Abbatum  Monasterii  S.  Albani,  ed.  Riley,  all 
in  the  Rolls'  Series  ;  and  of  the  two  great  collections,  the 
Statutes  of  the  Realm,  and  Rymer's  Fcedera  (ed.  Record 
Commission).  The  illustrations  of  the  Skirmishing  on  the  Tyne, 
and  of  the  battles  of  Crecyand  Poitiers  are  from  a  I5th  Century 
MS.  of  Froissart,  preserved  in  the  Paris  Bibliotheque  Nationals 
(MS.  n.  2643). 


APPENDIX 


-5 

-S  c 

Or* 


"S'J 


-  IE"5' 

nC    OT 


rt  ^ 


1 

T; 

^ 

fe 

1      J5 

C    C^*1    N 

5     ~ 

£  IT 

g      w 

1 

c^ 

C 

w_t 

w 

•s 

"32 

'^r? 

rt 

lljg. 

H 

p    w 

•  :  't: 

c  *o      '"0           - 

£ 

^  i-r 

ri 

3   O-M   0  Ctf 

c 

^  ^ 

c  T  §  "S      ^£_ 

.  c 

-r 

K  £W  j; 

J 

cT 

o 

d^ 

12|S 

r-  —  ' 

1  Ps 

""|l|-3 

!5  r~ 

^3    ? 

"    -<?  ? 

Q 

.gsS 

C   C'C 

c      I' 

£ 

^  2^ 

K£  c? 

-S  c  o 

Q 

"  (^  fe  "* 

'  C 

*•!*'• 

w 

roc 

^ 

G     # 

--1 

'"c'b-t-- 

5          5 

£                               ? 

III 

APPENDIX 


193 


?i 


igJi 


11 

it 


^  a     £ 

* »     t 


«  S  § 


p;  s     K  **  *c  a  «  ^ 

ll  if^l^* 

"II  J^I-sH! 

S3          <cJ:'^tD'o 


194  APPENDIX. 

4.     THE  SUCCESSION  TO  BRITTANY. 
Mary=(i)  Duke  ARTHUR^)  Yoland  of  Montfort. 

John  III.     Guy.  John  IV.  =Joan  of  Flanders, 

d.  1341.  |  Earl  of  Montfort, 

Joan —Charles  of  Blot's, 

son  of  a  sister  of 

Philip  VI.  of  France, 

d.  1364. 


5.  THE  EMPEROR  LEWIS  IV.  OF  BAVARIA. 

Lewis  of  Bavaria,  who  had  been  elected  emperor  in  1314,  was 
engaged  during  the  greater  part  of  his  life  in  a  struggle  with  the 
popes,  who  were  supported  and  prompted  by  the  French  kings. 
In  1324  pope  John  XXII.  had  put  him  under  the  ban  and  declared 
him  deposed  ;  in  1328  Lewis  marched  to  Rome  where  he  was 
crowned  emperor,  and  set  up  an  anti-pope.  Edward  seems  to 
have  thought  it  possible  to  make  use  of  the  imperial  authority  to 
obtain  the  support  of  all  the  princes  of  the  Netherlands  and  of 
north-western  Germany  ;  but  the  campaign  of  1340  proved  that 
he  could  only  expect  assistance  from  them  in  proportion  to  the 
payments  he  could  make  them,  and  he  soon  dropped  the  title  of 
vicar  which  had  proved  useless. 


6.     TAXATION  UNDER  EDWARD  III. 

By  the  Confirmation  of  the  Charters  in  1297  Edward  I.  had 
promised  for  himself  and  his  heirs  that  henceforth  they  would 
not  take  "  such  manner  of  aids,  tasks,  or  prises  "  as  had  been 


APPENDIX.  195 

•complained  of,  but  "  by  the  common  assent  of  the  realm,"  and 
that  they  would  not  take  any  tax  on  wool  "without  their 
•common  assent."  But  this  left  open  to  the  king  two  ways  of 
•obtaining  money  without  parliamentary  sanction.  There  was 
first  his  right  to  tallage  his  demesne,  (including  most  of  the 
towns  in  the  kingdom,)  which  belonged  to  him  as  landlord. 
Three  instances  of  the  exercise  of  this  right  are  found  after  1297, 
one  in  each  of  the  reigns  of  Edward  I.,  Edward  II.,  and 
Edward  III.  ;  but  by  the  statute  of  1340  Edward  III.  was 
understood  to  give  up  the  claim,  and  it  was  never  afterwards 
put  forward.  The  same  statute  was  also  explicit  enough  to 
deprive  the  king  of  another  means  of  raising  money  which  it 
had  been  urged  did  not  violate  the  spirit  of  the  Confirmation, 
namely  by  voluntary  grant  of  customs  on  the  part  of  the 
•merchants  ;  but  it  was  necessary  to  expressly  prohibit  this 
practice  in  1362,  and  again  in  1371. 


7.     CHARLES  OF  NAVARRE. 

Charles  the  Bad  (a  title  which  his  cruelty  early  won  for  him) 
was  the  son  of  Joan  the  daughter  of  Louis  X.  of  France.  He 
succeeded  in  1349  to  the  kingdom  of  Navarre  and  to  the  county 
of  Evreux  in  Normandy  ;  and  in  1352  king  John  gave  him  his 
daughter  in  marriage.  His  power  in  Normandy,  his  great 
ability,  and  his  claim  to  the  French  throne  through  his  mother, 
made  him  so  dangerous  that  John  would  have  done  well  to  make 
a  close  alliance  with  him  ;  but  instead  of  doing  this,  he  refused 
to  carry  out  certain  promises  which  had  been  made  to  Joan  of 
Navarre,  and  treated  the  young  Charles  with  scant  consideration. 
In  revenge  Charles  caused  the  king's  favourite,  the  constable, 


196  APPENDIX. 

Charles  de  la  Cerda,  to  whom  he  attributed  this  illtreatment.  to 
be  assassinated  in  January  1354.  Civil  war  was  imminent ;  but, 
next  month,  John  was  induced  to  make  terms  with  Charles  and 
go  through  the  ceremony  of  reconciliation.  John  wished  only 
to  gain  time  and  began  to  gather  troops.  Charles,  thereupon, 
made  overtures  to  Edward  and  arranged  to  receive  an  English 
force  at  Cherbourg.  Under  the  pressure  of  necessity  John  again 
in  September  accepted  his  conditions  ;  and  the  English  landing 
in  Normandy  was  prevented  at  the  last  moment. 


CONTENTS. 


1327 


1328 


1328—9 
1330 

1331 
1333 

1334 


1337 

1329—1333 
1337 


*33& 


Accession  of  Edward  III. 

Charter  to  London 

Inroad  of  the  Scots 

Campaign  on  the  Tyne      ...         ...         ... 

Murder  of  Edward  II 

Edward  married  to  Philippa  of  Hainault 

Peace  with  Scotland 

Death  of  Robert  Bruce     

Struggle  between  Mortimer  and  Lancaster 
Kxecution  of  Edmund  of  Kent  ... 

Fall  of  Roger  Mortimer         

Protection  of  Flemish  weavers 

Battle  of  Halidon  Hill  

Halliol  does  homage  

Oxford  students  at  Stamford 

Expeditions  into  Scotland 

Export  of  wool  prohibited  

Robert  of  Artois  

Edward  counselled  to  war  against  Philip... 
Manifesto  as  to  overtures  rejected 

Jacques  d'Artevelde 

Battle  of  Cadsand 

Defence  of  Dunbar       

Edward,  vicar  of  the  Empire       

Invasion  of  France 

Kdward,  "  king  of  France  "         

A  college  meeting         

A  lesson  on  usurv     . 


198  CONTENTS. 

A  lesson  on  trade          

Statute  concerning  taxation         

Battle  of  Sluys 

Siege  of  Tournay 
1340 — i      Removal  of  ministers 

1341  Parliament 

A  statute  revoked          

1342  The  countess  of  Montfort  in  Hennebon 

1344        Order  of  the  garter       

X345        Death  of  Artevelde 

Failure  of  the  Bardi     

1346  Edward  crosses  to  Normandy     

Order  of  the  English  at  Crecy 

Order  of  the  French  

Battle  of  Crecy 

Battle  of  Neville's  Cross 

Seng  of  Neville's  Cross          

Douglas  at  Tynemouth 

1347  Surrender  of  Calais      

1349  The  Black  Death 

Death  of  the  abbot  of  St.  Alban's  ... 

The  Flagellants       

Sir  Amery  of  Pavia 

1350  Edward  at  Calais 

Sir  Eustace  of  Ribeaumont 

Naval  battle  with  the  Spaniards 

1351  Coinage  of  groats  and  half-groats  ... 
Statute  of  Provisors  

1352  Statute  of  Treasons      

*353         Statute  of  Pramunire 

1351         The  battle  of  the  thirty  

Poem  on  the  tourney  of  Ploonnel 
*354         Lancaster  at  Avignon... 

Troubles  at  Oxford 

J355         The  prince  of  Wales  in  Gascony     ... 

Treachery  of  the  king  of  Navarre 

Edward  in  Picardy       

The  Scots  capture  Berwick         


PA  OK 

7° 
7i 
73 
77 
82 
84 
86 
87 
90 
9i 
95 
96 
98 

100 
102 
107 
112 

"5 
116 

122 
127 
129 
130 
131 
134 
I36 

137 
138 
I40 
142 
144 
I49 
155 
157 
159 

160 
162 

165 


CONTENTS.  199 

PAGE 

Expedition  of  the  prince  of  Wales 165 

1356  Burnt  Candlemas 167 

The  night  before  Poitiers        168 

Order  of  the  French           169 

The  cardinal  of  P6rigord        172 

The  battle  of  Poitiers        174 

King  John  taken  prisoner      ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  179 

The  prince  entertains  his  captive          183 

1357  John  taken  to  England           184 

1360        The  treaty  of  Bretigny      ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  185 


APPENDIX. 

1.  The  Authorities i8& 

2.  The  royal  family      ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  192 

3.  The  French  succession 193 

4.  The  succession  to  Brittany          194 

5.  The  emperor  Lewis  IV.  of  Bavaria ...  194 

6.  Taxation  under  Edward  III 194 

7.  Charles  of  Navarre ...  195. 


DA  233  .AS  1887  SMC 
Ashley,  W.  J. 
Edward  III  &  his  wars, 
1327-1360